monogram design guide 2012–2013 - Products

M O N O G R A M
D E S I G N
G U I D E
A G E M O N O G R A M P U B L I C AT I O N
2012–2013
monogram design guide
2012–2013
9/28/12 11:20 AM
cvr.indd 1
Find instant inspiration with downloadable 3D GE Monogram® files
Tap into this inspiration two easy ways:
1. At monogram.com
a. Go to monogram.com
b. Click on “product documentation”
c. Click on “CAD” download
Computer-aided design (CAD) files
are available for many GE Monogram
appliances. Look for the link in the
Product Documentation area of product
specification pages.
*AutoCAD software is required to download
and view images.
2. At 2020technologies.com
you can access digital drawings
of Monogram appliances through
20-20 Technologies, the standard
for 3D state-of-the-art kitchen
design and specification.
Clients current on their 20-20
support and maintenance
plan can log into 20-20’s B2B
portal, 2020.net, to access the
catalog through the Update Center.
20-20 will include the catalog in the
new licenses of 20-20 Design™ as
products are updated quarterly.
Exceptional service is a Monogram standard.
Monogram offers a feature no other brand can match:
customized services that begin before you’ve selected
your appliances and continue until well after your
Monogram home has become a reality. The Monogram
Collection™, a superb line of kitchen appliances with a
package of services to match.
Visit monogram.com. Find Monogram product information,
specifications, installation instructions and owner’s manuals.
Also, schedule services and order parts online, anytime.
Monogram Preferred Service, 800.444.1845. If your
Monogram appliance should ever require service, you can
depend on Monogram Preferred Service. Simply call the
above number 8 a.m.–6:30 p.m. EST, Monday through Friday
and a specialist will promptly coordinate an appointment.
GE Answer Center®, 800.626.2000. For product assistance
and answers to your questions about Monogram appliances,
8:00 a.m.–10:00 p.m. Monday through Friday, and 8:00 a.m.–
7:00 p.m., Saturday.
GE QuickSpecs, 800.432.3729. Request dimensions
and specifications on any Monogram appliance and have
the data transmitted, within minutes, to the fax number
you provide.
cvr.indd 2
9/28/12 11:20 AM
monogram.com
GE Monogram ® Design Guide
Monogram appliance planning:
Table of contents
3
Introduction
4
Professional ranges
48" Professional ranges
from inspiration to installation.
Now more than ever, the kitchen is the heart
15
of the home. It’s the place where we relax and
gather in the company of family and friends.
20
That’s why, when you build a new home or
remodel, the kitchen becomes the center of
your plans. It serves as your canvas for
31
artistic expression.
The Monogram Design Guide makes
it easy to express your creative vision in
38
the kitchen—and throughout the home. With
detailed information on product specifications,
42
dimensions and installation, the Monogram
Design Guide helps bring your home design
plans to life.
69
36" Professional ranges
8–11
30" Professional ranges
12–14
Wall ovens
European and Professional convection wall ovens
15–16
Electronic convection wall oven
17–19
Companion cooking products
Wall oven with Advantium® Speedcook technology
20–25
Above-the-cooktop Advantium Speedcook ovens
26–27
Microwave ovens
28
Warming drawers
29–30
Professional rangetops and gas cooktops
48" Professional rangetops
31–32
36" Professional rangetops
33–34
Stainless steel and gas-on-glass gas cooktops
35–37
Induction and electric cooktops
Induction cooktops
38–39
Digital electronic and electric cooktops
40–41
Ventilation systems
Chimney hoods
44–55
Professional hoods
56–62
Custom hood inserts
63–64
Telescopic downdraft vents
66–68
Professional outdoor grills
Built-in grills
Dual-burner cooktop
Whether you’re a designer, builder,
Free-standing grills
architect or do-it-yourselfer, you’ll find
76
everything you need to select and install
Monogram appliances, including many
76–83
84–91
Customization options
110
monogram.com.
74–75
Built-in side-by-side refrigerators
Free-standing refrigerators
and resources, simply visit us online at
73
Fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators
and wine reserve
Built-in all-refrigerators and all-freezers
you require additional planning guidelines
69–72
Refrigeration
Built-in bottom-freezer refrigerators
exciting options for customization. Should
4–7
92–97
98–104
105–108
109
Refrigeration modules
Double-drawer refrigerator
110–111
Fresh-food and bar refrigerators
112–113
Outdoor/indoor refrigerator
114–115
Wine reserves and beverage centers
116–118
119
Icemakers
121
Dishwashers and compactors
3
68935_GE_DG_003 3
9/18/12 10:15 AM
48" Professional ranges
TIMER
GRILL
GRIDDLE
C
BAO
C
BAO
BACK
FRONT
BA
CONV.
BROIL
CONV.
BROIL
OFF
BROIL
PROOF
PR
CL
N
EA
.
NVST
A
.
NVE
K
.
NVST
A
BR
ROCO
OFF
KE
.
NV
KE
OF
O
FRONT
IL
ROCO
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
*Natural gas
PUSH TO
SELECT
TIMER
BACK
O
General features
Authentic Professional appearance. Stainless steel with
smoothly finished edges, large electronic control knobs
and heavy-duty handles.
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners. Provide complete
low-simmer-to-rapid-boil flexibility (140°F simmer to 18,000
BTUs*). The burners are sealed to the recessed cooktop for
easy cleaning.
Monogram® Professional Reverse-Air convection oven.
Provides superb baking results, with fast preheating.
Heavy-duty, full-extension racks. Glide smoothly in and
out on stainless steel ball bearings for easy access, and are
designed to remain in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
LED task lights. Positioned below the bullnose, these lights
provide a functional and theatrical touch.
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle. Offers 18,000
BTUs* of cooking power, allowing fast and consistent
heating across the entire cooking surface.
Ceramic-infrared grill. 15,000 BTUs* of adjustable heat.
The cooking grate is grooved on one side to create sear
marks and rounded on the other for delicate foods.
Electronic ignition with automatic reignition. Ensures a
continuous flame and reignites automatically if accidentally
extinguished.
Reversible burner grates. These grates are flat on one
side and uniquely contoured on the other to accommodate
round-bottom woks.
Caterer’s oven. Available in 48" and 36" models; uniquely
sized to accommodate three full-size sheet trays.
Everyday oven. In 48" models, it’s just the right size
for 9" x 13" casserole dishes.
48" Professional range
Dual-fuel: ZDP484NGPSS, ZDP486NRPSS, ZDP486NDPSS
All-gas: ZGP484NGRSS, ZGP486NRRSS and ZGP486NDRSS
(natural gas)
Dual-fuel: ZDP484LGPSS, ZDP486LRPSS, ZDP486LDPSS
All-gas: ZGP484LGRSS, ZGP486LRRSS and ZGP486LDRSS
(liquid propane)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
47-7/8 x 35-1/4–36 -3/4 x 28-1/4
Amps @240VAC
50.0
208VAC
43.0
KW Rating
@240VAC
11.9
208VAC
9.0
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
650
• Professional ranges offer a combination
of burners, grill and griddle on cooktop
• Dual-fuel or all-gas range must be
specified by model number
• Natural or LP gas must be specified by
model number
• Optional 12" or 30"–36" adjustable-height
backsplash accessories
• All burner grates are reversible to support
a round-bottom wok
Advance planning for 48" dual-fuel Professional ranges
Professional ranges offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
The ranges are factory set for natural gas or liquid propane. Be
sure to order the correct model for the installation situation. If
the wrong fuel type is ordered, the range may be converted.
Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
WB28K10553 high-altitude kit is available for operation above
6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and natural
gas operation.
All conversion kits must be
installed by a qualified
service technician at an
additional cost.
4
68935_GE_DG_004 4
Locate gas
and electrical
as shown.
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be supplied with 208/240V, 60Hz, and connected
to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit protected by a
circuit breaker or time-delay fuse. Install a 50-amp circuit for 48"
ranges. The receptacle must be a NEMA 14-50R device to accept
the four-prong plug on the range.
Gas supply
• Natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water column
pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the natural
gas supplied to the regulator must be between 7" and 13"
water column.
• The liquid propane models are designed to operate at 10" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the
LP source to the regulator must be between 11" and 13"
water column.
9/18/12 10:15 AM
monogram.com
48" range cooktop configurations
Backsplash accessories
The 48" Professional dual-fuel ranges are available with a
combination of grill, griddle and burners on top, and a large
electric European Reverse-Air convection and six-element
heating system in both the caterer’s and everyday ovens.
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
Order ZX12B48PSS, 12" backsplash
Order ZXADJB48PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
3 6 " prof es s ional rang e s
ZDP484NGPSS
with 4 burners, grill
and griddle
(Order ZDP484LGPSS
for LP gas)
48" p rof e s s ion a l ra n ges
Advance planning for 48" dual-fuel Professional ranges
Side view with a backsplash
13/16”
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
1-1/2”
ZDP486NDPSS
with 6 burners and griddle
(Order ZDP486LDPSS
for LP gas)
28-7/8”
to Front
Edge
10-1/2”
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
7” Control
Panel Height
3 0 " prof essional r anges
ZDP486NRPSS
with 6 burners and grill
(Order ZDP486LRPSS
for LP gas)
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
Product dimensions and clearances
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
A 48" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 1000 CFM minimum
is recommended. Models with a grill require a vent hood.
Additional clearances
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far left
knob for convenience. The full rating label is located on the
bottom of the control panel—visible when the oven door
is open.
68935_GE_DG_005 5
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation
instructions for specific hood clearances.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material such
as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
5
9/18/12 10:15 AM
Advance planning for 48" all-gas Professional ranges
Professional ranges offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
48" range cooktop configurations
All Professional ranges are factory set for natural or liquid
propane gas. The correct model should be ordered for the
installation situation.
The 48" Professional all-gas ranges are available with
a combination of grill, griddle and burners on top, and
a large Reverse-Air convection fan in both the caterer’s
and everyday ovens.
Conversion kits are included with the range if the wrong
gas type was ordered. WB28K10553 high-altitude kit for
operation above 6,000 feet (for Natural and LP gas models),
is also available. The kits must be installed by a qualified
service technician at additional cost.
ZGP484NGRSS
with 4 burners, grill
and griddle (Order
ZGP484LGRSS
for LP gas)
ZGP486NRRSS
with 6 burners and
grill (Order ZGP486LRRSS
for LP gas)
8”
6-1/2”
23”
6”
Gas/
Electric
Gas/
Electric
2”
3”
48”
Locate gas and
electrical as shown.
ZGP486NDRSS
with 6 burners and griddle
(Order ZGP486LDRSS
for LP gas)
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be connected to a 120V, 60Hz properly
grounded dedicated circuit protected by a 15-amp circuit
breaker or time-delay fuse.
Product dimensions and clearances
Gas supply
• The natural gas models are designed to operate at
5" water column pressure. For proper operation, the
pressure of the natural gas supplied to the regulator
must be between 7" and 13" water column.
A 48" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 1000 CFM minimum
is recommended. Models with a grill require a vent hood.
• The LP models are designed to operate at 10" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of
the LP gas supplied to the regulator must be between
11" and 13" water column.
The serial and model numbers are located behind
the far left knob for convenience. The full rating label
is located on the bottom of the control panel—visible
when the oven door is open.
6
68935_GE_DG_006 6
9/18/12 10:15 AM
Additional clearances
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to
combustibles. A custom hood installation with exposed
horizontal combustible surfaces must have an “auto-on”
feature. See hood installation instructions for specific
hood clearances.
Order ZX12B48PSS, 12" backsplash Order
ZXADJB48PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and
below the hood must be covered with a non-combustible
material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
3 6 " prof es s ional rang e s
Backsplash accessories
48" p rof e s s ion a l ra n ges
monogram.com
Side view with a backsplash
10-1/2”
28-7/8”
to Front
Edge
13/16”
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
1-1/2”
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
7” Control
Panel Height
3 0 " prof essional r anges
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
7
68935_GE_DG_007 7
9/18/12 10:15 AM
36" Professional ranges
General features
Authentic professional appearance. Stainless steel with
PUSH TO
SELECT
TIMER
BACK
FRONT
GRIDDLE
BACK
FRONT
BR
IL
C
BAO
OFF
O
.
NV
KE
smoothly finished edges, large electronic control knobs and
heavy-duty handles.
CL
N
EA
.
NVST
A
CONV.
BROIL
PROOF
ROCO
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners. Provide complete
low-simmer-to-rapid-boil flexibility (140°F simmer to 18,000
BTUs*). The burners are sealed to the recessed cooktop for
easy cleaning.
Monogram® Professional Reverse-Air convection oven.
Provides superb baking results, with fast preheating.
36" professional range
Heavy-duty, full-extension racks. Glide smoothly in and out on
stainless steel ball bearings for easy access, and are designed to
remain in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
Dual-fuel: ZDP366NPSS, ZDP364NRPSS, ZDP364NDPSS
All-gas: ZGP364NRRSS, ZGP364NDRSS and ZGP366NRSS
(natural gas)
LED task lights. Positioned below the bullnose, these lights
provide a functional and theatrical touch.
Dual-fuel: ZDP366LPSS, ZDP364LRPSS and ZDP364LDPSS,
All-gas: ZGP364LRRSS, ZGP364LDRSS and ZGP366LRSS
(liquid propane)
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle. Offers 18,000
BTUs* of cooking power, allowing fast and consistent heating
across the entire cooking surface.
Ceramic-infrared grill. 15,000 BTUs* of adjustable heat, the
cooking grate is grooved on one side to create sear marks and
rounded on the other for delicate foods.
Electronic ignition with automatic reignition. Ensures a
continuous flame and reignites automatically if accidentally
extinguished.
Reversible burner grates. These grates are flat on one
side and uniquely contoured on the other to accommodate
round-bottom woks.
Caterer’s oven. Available in 48" and 36" models; uniquely sized
to accommodate three full-size sheet trays.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
*Natural gas
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-7/8 x 35-1/4–36 -3/4 x 28-1/4
Amps @240VAC
27.0
208VAC
24.0
KW Rating
@240VAC
6.6
208VAC
4.9
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
475
• Professional ranges offer a combination
of burners, grill and griddle on cooktop
• Dual-fuel or all-gas range must be
specified by model number
• Natural or LP gas must be specified by
model number
• Optional 12" or 30"–36" adjustable-height
backsplash accessories
• All burner grates are reversible to support
a round-bottom wok
Advance planning for 36" dual-fuel Professional ranges
All Professional ranges offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
The ranges are factory set for natural gas or liquid propane. Be
sure to order the correct model for the installation situation. If
the wrong fuel type is ordered, the range may be converted.
Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
WB28K10553 high-altitude kit is available for operation above
6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and natural
gas operation.
All conversion kits must be
installed by a qualified
service technician
at an additional cost.
8
68935_GE_DG_008 8
Locate gas
and electrical
as shown.
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be supplied with 208/240V, 60Hz, and connected
to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit protected by a
circuit breaker or time-delay fuse. Install a 30-amp circuit for 36"
ranges. The receptacle must be a NEMA 14-50R device to accept
the four-prong plug on the range.
Gas supply
• Natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water column
pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the natural gas
supplied to the regulator must be between 7" and 13"
water column.
• The liquid propane models are designed to operate at 10" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the LP
source to the regulator must be between 11" and 13"
water column.
9/18/12 10:15 AM
monogram.com
36" range cooktop configurations
Backsplash accessories
The 36" Professional dual-fuel ranges offer a combination of
grill, griddle and burners on top, and a large self-clean, electric
European Reverse-Air convection and six-element heating
system oven.
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required for
installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
Order ZX12B36PSS, 12" backsplash
Order ZXADJB36PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
3 6 " prof es s ional rang e s
ZDP364NDPSS
with 4 burners and griddle
(Order ZDP364LDPSS for LP gas)
48" p rof e s s ion a l ra n ges
Advance planning for 36" dual-fuel Professional ranges
Side view with a backsplash
to Front
Edge
10-1/2”
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
1-1/2”
ZDP366NPSS
with 6 burners
(Order ZDP366LPSS for LP gas)
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
7” Control
Panel Height
3 0 " prof essional r anges
ZDP364NRPSS
with 4 burners and grill
(Order ZDP364LRPSS for LP gas)
13/16”
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
Product dimensions and clearances
A 36" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 600 CFM minimum
is recommended. Models with a grill require a vent hood.
Additional clearances
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far
left knob for convenience. The full rating label is located
on the bottom of the control panel—visible when the oven
door is open.
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation
instructions for specific hood clearances.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material such
as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
9
68935_GE_DG_009 9
9/18/12 10:15 AM
Advance planning for 36" all-gas Professional ranges
Professional ranges offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
All Professional ranges are factory set for natural or liquid
propane gas. The correct model should be ordered for the
installation situation.
Conversion kits are included with the range if the wrong
gas type was ordered. WB28K10553 high-altitude kit for
operation above 6,000 feet (for natural and LP gas models)
is also available. The kits must be installed by a qualified
service technician at additional cost.
36" range cooktop configurations
The 36" Professional all-gas ranges are available with a
combination of grill, griddle and burners on top, and a
large Reverse-Air convection fan in both the caterer’s
and everyday ovens.
ZGP364NDRSS
with 4 burners and
griddle (Order
ZGP364LDRSS
for LP gas)
ZGP364NRRSS
with 4 burners and
grill (Order ZGP364LRRSS
for LP gas)
4-5/8”
13-3/8” 11-3/8”
6-1/2”
Gas/
Electric
Gas/
Electric
2”
2”
36”
ZGP366NRSS
with 6 burners (Order
ZGP366LRSS for LP gas)
Locate gas and
electrical as shown.
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be hooked up to a 120V, 60Hz properly
grounded dedicated circuit protected by a 15-amp circuit
breaker or time-delay fuse.
Product dimensions and clearances
Gas supply
• The natural gas models are designed to operate at
5” water column pressure. For proper operation, the
pressure of the natural gas supplied to the regulator
must be between 7” and 13” water column.
A 36" or wider HVI certified vent hood with 600 CFM minimum
is recommended. Models with a grill require a vent hood.
• The LP models are designed to operate at 10” water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of
the LP gas supplied to the regulator must be between
11” and 13” water column.
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far
left knob for convenience. The full rating label is located
on the bottom of the control panel—visible when the oven
door is open.
10
68935_GE_DG_010 10
9/18/12 10:16 AM
Backsplash accessories
Additional clearances
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required for
installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation
instructions for specific hood clearances.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material such
as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
3 6 " prof es s ional rang e s
Order ZX12B36PSS, 12" backsplash
Order ZXADJB36PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
48" p rof e s s ion a l ra n ges
monogram.com
Side view with a backsplash
10-1/2”
28-7/8”
to Front
Edge
13/16”
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
1-1/2”
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
7” Control
Panel Height
3 0 " prof essional r anges
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
11
68935_GE_DG_011 11
9/18/12 10:16 AM
30" Professional range
PUSH TO
SELECT
TIMER
BACK
FRONT
BACK
C
BAO
FRONT
BA
PR
OF
.
NVST
A
CONV.
BROIL
BROIL
ROCO
smoothly finished edges, large electronic control knobs and
heavy-duty handles.
OFF
KE
.
NVE
K
O
General features
Authentic Professional appearance. Stainless steel with
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners. Provide complete
low-simmer-to-rapid-boil flexibility (140°F simmer to 18,000
BTUs*). The burners are sealed to the recessed cooktop for
easy cleaning.
Monogram® Professional Reverse-Air convection oven.
Provides superb baking results, with fast preheating.
Heavy-duty, full-extension racks. Glide smoothly in and
out on stainless steel ball bearings for easy access, and are
designed to remain in the oven during the self-clean cycle.
LED task lights. Positioned below the bullnose, these lights
provide a functional and theatrical touch.
Electronic ignition with automatic reignition. Ensures a
continuous flame and reignites automatically if accidentally
extinguished.
Reversible burner grates. These grates are flat on one
side and uniquely contoured on the other to accommodate
round-bottom woks.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
*Natural gas
30" Professional range
Dual-fuel: ZDP304NPSS (natural gas) and
ZGP304LPSS (liquid propane)
All-gas: ZDP304NRSS (natural gas) and
ZGP304LRSS (liquid propane)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-7/8 x 35-1/4–36 -3/4 x 26-3/4
Amps @240VAC
26
208VAC
22
KW Rating
@240VAC
6.1
208VAC
4.6
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
425
• Professional ranges are available in both
a dual-fuel and all-gas model
• Dual-fuel or all-gas range must be
specified by model number
• Natural or LP gas must be specified by
model number
• Optional 12" or 30"–36" adjustable-height
backsplash accessories
• All burner grates are reversible to support
a round-bottom wok
Advance planning for 30" dual-fuel Professional range
All Professional ranges offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
The ranges are factory set for natural gas or liquid propane. Be
sure to order the correct model for the installation situation. If
the wrong fuel type is ordered, the range may be converted.
Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
WB28K10553 high-altitude kit is available for operation above
6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and natural
gas operation.
All conversion kits must be
installed by a qualified
service technician
at an additional cost.
Locate gas
and electrical
as shown.
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be supplied with 208/240V, 60Hz, and connected
to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit protected by a
circuit breaker or time-delay fuse. Install a 30-amp circuit for 30"
ranges. The receptacle must be a NEMA 14-50R device to accept
the four-prong plug on the range.
Gas supply
• Natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water column
pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the natural gas
supplied to the regulator must be between 7" and 13"
water column.
• The liquid propane models are designed to operate at 10" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the LP
source to the regulator must be between 11" and 13"
water column.
12
68935_GE_DG_012 12
9/18/12 10:16 AM
monogram.com
Product dimensions and clearances
48" p rof e s s ion a l ra n ges
Advance planning for 30" dual-fuel Professional range
Backsplash accessories
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom,
non-combustible backsplash can be used.
3 6 " prof es s ional rang e s
Order ZX12B30PSS, 12" backsplash
Order ZXADJB30PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
Side view with a backsplash
28-7/8”
to Front
Edge
10-1/2”
13/16”
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far left
knob for convenience. The full rating label is located on the
bottom of the control panel—visible when the oven door
is open.
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
1-1/2”
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
7” Control
Panel Height
3 0 " prof essional r anges
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
Additional clearances
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation
instructions for specific hood clearances.
The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material such
as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
13
68935_GE_DG_013 13
9/18/12 10:16 AM
Advance planning for 30" all-gas Professional ranges
All Professional ranges are factory set for natural or liquid
propane gas. The correct model should be ordered for the
installation situation.
Conversion kits are included with the range if the wrong gas
type was ordered. WB28K10553 high-altitude kit for operation
above 6,000 feet is also available. The kits must be installed by
a qualified service technician at additional cost.
Backsplash accessories
The range requires a 12" minimum clearance to a vertical
combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash is required
for installations with less than 12" clearance. The following
backsplash accessories are available, or a custom, noncombustible backsplash can be used.
Order ZX12B30PSS, 12" backsplash
Order ZXADJB30PSS, 30"-36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
Side view with a backsplash
10-1/2”
Locate gas
and electrical
as shown.
13/16”
Optional 30-36”
Backsplash
Accessories
12”
3-3/16”
Control Panel
Depth
Electrical requirements
Ranges must be connected to a 120V, 60Hz properly grounded
dedicated circuit protected by a 15-amp circuit breaker or
time-delay fuse.
Gas supply
• The natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the
natural gas supplied to the regulator must be between 7"
and 13" water column.
• The LP models are designed to operate at 10" water column
pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the LP gas
supplied to the regulator must be between 11" and 13"
water column.
28-7/8”
to Front
Edge
1-1/2”
35-1/4”
to
36-3/4”
28-1/4” to
Beveled
Edge of Control
Panel Bullnose
7” Control
Panel Height
27-1/2” to
Beveled Edge
- Maximum
Adjacent
Cabinet Depth
for
Flush
Installation
28-1/4”
to Front of
Door
31-1/16”
to Front of
Handle
48-1/4”
with Oven Door
Open
Product dimensions and clearances
Additional clearances
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation
instructions for specific hood clearances.
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far left
knob for convenience. The full rating label is located on the
bottom of the control panel—visible when the oven door is open. The surface of the entire back wall above the range and below
the hood must be covered with a non-combustible material such
as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
14
68935_GE_DG_014 14
9/18/12 10:16 AM
monogram.com
Con ve c t ion wa ll oven s
LCD touchscreen, European and professional convection wall ovens
Wall oven general features
European styling. (R and S models) Smooth, seamless exterior
with tubular handle, electronic and dial controls and expansive
viewing window makes an unmistakable statement of quality
and refinement.
Professional styling. Sculptural lines, chamfered edges and
robust, die-cast electronic dial controls give depth and dimension
to the premium-grade stainless steel surface.
Exclusive self-clean, full-extension oven racks. Racks glide in
and out on stainless steel ball bearings for easy access. The
adjustable, heavy-duty, porcelain-coated racks can remain in
the oven during the self-clean cycle.
Halogen light columns. Two brilliantly illuminated columns on
both sides of the oven enhance visibility, providing a clear view
of food regardless of rack position.
Reverse-Air convection system. Dedicated convection elements
and a bidirectional fan provide consistent temperature
throughout the oven.
30" LCD touchscreen
single oven
ZET1RMSS
30" LCD touchscreen
double oven
ZET2RMSS
• LCD touchscreen with
proximity sensor
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Approved for installation
over warming drawers
Six-element design. Two bake, two broil and two convection
elements provide precise cooking control, with fast preheating.
And, an electronic, low-voltage compensation feature boosts
power in 208V applications.
TIMER
CLOCK
COOK
TIME
PROBE
DELAY
START
CLOCK
COOK
TIME
DELAY
START
ZET1SMSS
30" European
double oven
ZET2SMSS
35.8
37.5
370
TIMER
30" European
single oven
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 52-7/8 x 23-1/2
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
PUSH
TO
ENTER
PUSH
TO
ENTER
PROBE
4.4-cu.-ft. total capacity. Generously sized interior accommodates
even the largest meals, and true hidden bake elements add
flexibility by allowing easy ash removal after the self-clean cycle.
Double oven
• LCD touchscreen with
proximity sensor
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Undercounter installation
• Approved for installation
under specified cooktops,
Advantium® ovens and over
warming drawers
• Approved for side-by-side
installation
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Approved for installation over
warming drawers
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Undercounter installation
• Approved for installation
under specified cooktops,
Advantium ovens and over
warming drawers
• Approved for side-by-side
installation
PUSH
TO
ENTER
PUSH
TO
ENTER
F
PROBE
TIMER
CLOCK
COOK
TIME
PROBE
TIMER
CLOCK
COOK
TIME
Single oven
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 28-1/4 x 23-1/2
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
30" Professional
single oven
17.9
18.7
195
ZET1PMSS
30" Professional
double oven
ZET2PMSS
• Professional aesthetic
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Approved for installation over
warming drawers
68935E_mono_dg_wallovens.indd 15
• Professional aesthetic
• Fits standard 30"-wide wall
oven cabinets
• Undercounter installation
• Approved for installation
under specific cooktops,
Advantium ovens and over
warming drawers
• Approved for side-by-side
installation
15
9/18/12 2:18 PM
monogram.com
Advance planning for LCD touchscreen, European
and Professional convection wall ovens
The LCD touchscreen ovens with proximity sensor provide easy,
intuitive access to oven functions and options. The European
ovens offer contemporary styling with the signature Monogram®
tubular handles. The Professional oven design combines rugged
stainless steel construction with refined styling. All three are
designed to fit into a 30"-wide cabinet.
Electrical requirements
Product rating is 208 or 240V, 60Hz. Connect to a 40-amp circuit
for double ovens and 20-amp circuit for single ovens. The ovens
must be connected to a supply circuit of the proper voltage and
frequency and protected by a time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.
Cutout and product dimensions
23-1/2"
Min.
51-13/16"
Min.
51-15/16"
Max.
Locate Junction Box 47"
Above Cutout Floor, Within 5"
of Right Rear Wall
28-1/2" Min.
28-5/8" Max.
12"
Installation below a countertop
A single oven can be installed beneath countertops and below
approved cooktops. Always refer to the cooktop installation
instructions for electrical requirements and clearances.
52-7/8"
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
30"
LCD touchscreen double oven
ZET2RMSS Stainless steel
1-1/2" Cabinet Top
25"
Locate Junction Box Within
5" of the Right Rear Wall
European double oven
ZET2SMSS Stainless steel
23-1/2"
Min.
Locate Junction Box 22"
Above Cutout Floor, Within 5"
of Right Rear Wall
27-1/4" Min.
27-5/16" Max.
23-1/2" Min.
*LCD and European models:
24-1/4" to front of door
26-1/4" including tubular handle
Professional model:
24-3/4" to front of door
27-7/16" including Professional handle
Professional double oven
ZET2PMSS Stainless steel
36"
Countertop
Height
28-1/2" Min.
28-5/8" Max.
29-3/4"
27-1/4" Min. 28-1/2" Min.
28-5/8" Max.
27-5/16" Max.
28-1/4"
Elevate the oven floor to desired height.
The support must be level, rigidly mounted
and capable of supporting 175 lbs.
32-1/2"
Recommended
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
29-3/4"
*LCD and European models:
24-1/4" to front of door
26-1/4" including tubular handle
LCD touchscreen single oven
Professional model:
ZET1RMSS Stainless steel
24-3/4" to front of door
27-7/16" including Professional handle
European single oven
30"
Side-by-side installations
Install two ovens in separate cutouts. Allow 2" minimum
between the cutouts.
Cutout –
Observe all
dimensions
and
requirements.
2" (5.1 cm)
Min.
Cutout –
Observe all
dimensions
and
requirements.
ZET1SMSS Stainless steel
Professional single oven
ZET1PMSS Stainless steel
16
68935_GE_DG_016 16
9/18/12 10:14 AM
monogram.com
General features
Con ve c t ion wa ll oven s
Electronic convection wall ovens
LOWER OVEN
CONV
UPPER OVEN
CONV
BAKE
CONV
BAKE
MULT
1 RACK
BAKE
BROIL
HIGH
LOW
ROAST
CONV
DELAY
START
COOK
TIME
START
WARM
PROOF
PROBE
SELF
CLEAN
CLEAR
OFF
STD
LOW
2
1
3
4
5
6
7
CONV
BAKE
START
BAKE
MULT
1 RACK
CLEAR
OFF
BAKE
BROIL
HIGH
LOW
ROAST
CONV
DELAY
START
COOK
TIME
WARM
PROOF
PROBE
SELF
CLEAN
STD
LOW
TIMER
0
9
8
HIGH
LOW
LOCK
LOWER OVEN
BAKE
CONV
ROAST
1 RACK
COOK
TIME
MULT
DELAY
START
START
BAKE
BAKE
BROIL
WARM
PROOF
PROBE
SELF
CLEAN
CLEAR
OFF
CONV
CONV
HIGH
LOW
BAKE
BAKE
CONV
START
ROAST
COOK
TIME
1 RACK
DELAY
START
MULT
CLEAR
OFF
BAKE
BROIL
WARM
PROOF
PROBE
SELF
CLEAN
CONV
UPPER OVEN
Sophisticated styling. Seamless, hand-finished doors
and smooth controls offer a look of modern refinement.
STD
LOW
1
2
3
6
5
4
7
8
0
9
CONV
HIGH
LOW
STD
LOW
TIMER
HIGH
LOW
LOCK
Electronic glass touch controls. A gentle touch allows you
to easily select the desired cooking function: convection
bake or roast, variable or closed-door broiling, 24-hour
delay bake, warm mode or proof mode.
Reverse-Air convection. A bidirectional fan delivers
exceptionally consistent cooking performance, allowing
heated air to circulate on all sides of food.
Self-clean racks. Porcelain-coated racks are designed
to be left in the oven during the self-clean cycle for
effortless cleaning.
Halogen lighting. Two halogen lights illuminate your culinary
work in progress, putting it into bright, clear perspective.
Concealed bake element. A smooth surface simplifies
ash removal after the self-clean cycle.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
30" double oven
27" double oven
ZET958SMSS
ZEK958SMSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 52-7/8 x 23-1/4
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
26-5/8 x 51 x 23-1/4
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
37.5
32.5
260
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 30"-wide
wall oven cabinets
• Approved for installation over
warming drawers
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 27"-wide
wall oven cabinets
• Approved for installation over
warming drawers
OPTIONS
OPTIONS
OVEN
OVEN
DELAY
START
CONV
BAKE
MULT
CONV
BAKE
1 RACK
BROIL
BAKE
HIGH
LOW
28.0
25.0
164
CONV
ROAST
START
WARM
PROOF
CLEAR
OFF
DELAY
START
PROBE
CONV
COOK
TIME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
9
BAKE
SELF
CLEAN
STD
LOW
TIMER
ON
OFF
CONV
BAKE
MULT
1 RACK
BAKE
BROIL
HIGH
LOW
CONV
ROAST
START
WARM
PROOF
CLEAR
OFF
COOK
TIME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
0
9
PROBE
SELF
CLEAN
STD
LOW
TIMER
ON
OFF
LOCK
LOCK
30" single oven
27" single oven
ZET938SMSS
ZEK938SMSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 28-1/4 x 23-1/4
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
26-5/8 x 29 x 23-1/4
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
19.0
16.0
135
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 30"-wide
wall oven cabinets
• Undercounter installation
• Approved for installation under
specified cooktops, under
Advantium® ovens and over
warming drawers
• Approved for side-by-side
installation
15.0
13.0
100
• Flush-appearance installation
• Fits standard 27"-wide
wall oven cabinets
• Undercounter installation
• Approved for installation under
specified cooktops, under
Advantium ovens and over
warming drawers
17
68935_GE_DG_017 17
9/18/12 10:14 AM
Advance planning for electronic convection wall ovens
Electrical requirements
Product rating is 208 or 240V, 60Hz. Connect to a 40-amp circuit
for double ovens and 20-amp circuit for single ovens. The ovens
must be connected to a supply circuit of the proper voltage and
frequency and protected by a time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.
Cutout and product dimensions
23-1/2"
10"
23-1/2"
Locate Junction Box 47"
Above Cutout Floor, Within 5"
of Right Rear Wall
51-13/16"
Min.
51-15/16"
Max.
28-1/2" Min.
28-5/8" Max.
12"
30"
30" double ovens
ZET958SMSS Stainless steel
23-1/2"
27-1/4" Min.
27-5/16" Max.
52-7/8"
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
49-11/16"
Min.
50-1/8"
Max.
13-1/4"
29-3/4"
*24-1/4" to front of door
26-3/16" including handle
28-1/4"
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
25" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
27"
27" double ovens
ZEK958SMSS Stainless steel
23-1/2"
Min.
Locate Junction Box 22"
Above Cutout Floor, Within 5"
of Right Rear Wall
28-1/2" Min.
28-5/8" Max.
32-1/2"
Recommended
Locate Electrical Outlet Within 10"
of Left Side of Opening and 44" Above
Cutout Floor or 5" Below Cutout Floor
27-5/8" Min.
28-1/8" Max.
51"
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
26-5/8"
*24-1/4" to front of door
26-3/16" including handle
Locate Electrical Outlet Within 10"
of Left Side of Opening 22" Above
Cutout Floor or 5" Below Cutout Floor
25" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
29"
29-3/4"
*24-1/4" to front of door
26-3/16" including handle
30"
32-1/2"
Recommended
23-1/4"
Recessed
Depth*
27"
30" single ovens
ZET938SMSS Stainless steel
26-5/8"
*24-1/4" to front of door
26-3/16" including handle
27" single ovens
ZEK938SMSS Stainless steel
30" single oven
side-by-side installations
Install two ovens in separate cutouts. Allow 2" minimum
between the cutouts.
Cutout –
Observe all
dimensions
and
requirements.
2" (5.1 cm)
Min.
Cutout –
Observe all
dimensions
and
requirements.
18
68935_GE_DG_018 18
9/18/12 10:14 AM
monogram.com
Con ve c t ion wa ll oven s
Overlap dimensions of Monogram ® wall ovens
Overlap Dimensions (in.)
Left
30" Double Convection
ZET2RM
1/2
ZET2SM
ZET2PM
9/16
ZET958
5/8
30" Single Convection
ZET938
5/8
ZET1RM
1/2
ZET1SM
ZET1PM
9/16
27" Double Convection
ZEK958
13/16
27" Single Convection
ZEK938
13/16
Right
Top
Bottom
1/2
5/16
9/16
9/16
5/8
5/16
9/16
9/16
9/16
5/8
9/16
9/16
1/2
5/16
9/16
9/16
5/16
9/16
13/16
1
1-1/4
13/16
1
1-1/4
Advance planning for built-in cooking products
Monogram built-in ovens and warming drawers are designed for installation flexibility and to coordinate with and
complement other Monogram appliances. Single ovens can also be installed below approved Monogram cooktops.
Review the following chart for approved combinations.
Approved single oven and cooktop installation combinations
30" European
30" Professional
30" Advantium ®
30" touch
ZET1S and ZET1R ZET1P
ZSC1201/1202
ZET938
Gas cooktops
30" stainless steel ZGU384 •
•
•
36" stainless steel ZGU385 •
•
•
36" gas-on-glass ZGU36K •
•
•
•
Induction cooktops
30" induction ZHU30R
•
•
•
36" induction ZHU36R
•
•
•
Electric cooktops
30" digital ZEU30R
•
•
•
•
36" digital ZEU36R
•
•
•
•
36" electric ZEU36K
•
•
•
•
Note: 27" Advantium 120V ovens and 30" Advantium 240V ovens cannot be installed below a countertop.
30" Advantium 120V ovens may be installed below a countertop and specified cooktops.
Induction cooktops cannot be installed above warming drawer.
Warming drawer
ZTD/ZKD910
•
• (ZTD910 only)
• (ZTD910 only)
•
• (ZTD910 only)
• (ZTD910 only)
19
68935_GE_DG_019 19
9/18/12 10:14 AM
Wall oven with Advantium ® 240 Speedcook technology
General features
MICROWAVE
OVEN
Spacious interior. With 1.7-cu.-ft. cavity and 16" turntable,
easily accommodates roasts or 9" x 13" casserole dishes, and
removable rack allows for multi-level convection baking.
Speedcook technology. Combines high-intensity halogen light
with ceramic and radiant heating elements to rapidly cook the
outside of foods, sealing in natural juices. At the same time,
microwave energy works to evenly cook the inside. No preheating
required.
Four powerful ovens in one. Speedcook, true European
convection, sensor microwave and warming offer the ultimate in
cooking speed and versatility.
Optional storage drawer ZX2201NSS. For European-styled model
ZSC2201NSS, this drawer keeps baking and cooking trays within
easy reach.
MICROWAVE
OVEN
LOCK/UNLOCK
HOLD 5 SECONDS
Easy-to-use controls. Add cooking convenience. The round
dial smoothly turns in both directions, making it easy to select
from more than 175 preprogrammed recipes. Demo and Help
programs guide you through the simple process of choosing a
programmed recipe or customizing your own.
LOCK/UNLOCK
HOLD 5 SECONDS
Advantium 240
Speedcook oven
European: ZSC2201NSS
Professional: ZSC2202NSS
Overall exterior dimensions
(excluding handles)
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 19 x 21-1/2
Amps @240VAC/208VAC
25.9
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
100
• 30" oven cabinet width required
• Approved for installation
above a single wall oven
or warming drawer
OVEN
MICROWAVE
1:00 PM
P
R
ES
R
120
S TO E N T
E
LOCK/UNLOCK
HOLD 5 SECONDS
Wall oven with Advantium 120 Speedcook technology
General features
OVEN
OVEN
MICROWAVE
MICROWAVE
SPEED
COOK
BAKE
BROIL
COOK
EXPRESS
FAVORITE
RECIPES
CUSTOM
WARM
PROOF
DEFROST
REHEAT
TIMER
START
PAUSE
BACK
HELP
POWER
TEMP
OPTIONS
1:00 PM
R
P
CLEAR
OFF
ES
R
120
SPEED
COOK
S TO EN T
E
LOCK/UNLOCK
HOLD 5 SECONDS
Four powerful ovens in one. Speedcook, true European
convection, sensor microwave and warming give you a full menu
of options for preparing meals. Capabilities range from baking
and roasting to browning and proofing.
Speedcook technology. Halogen light system cooks foods to
delicious perfection in minutes, with no preheating.
Spacious interior. 1.7-cu.-ft. rounded oven cavity and 16" turntable
easily allow full and continual rotation of a 9" x 13" casserole dish.
Removable oven rack offers the convenience of multi-level cooking.
Choice of sophisticated designs. European-styled models
make a single, architectural impression with sleek, horizontal
lines set off by a tubular handle and stainless steel control knob.
Professional models exude power with a premium-grade stainless
steel exterior, chamfered edges and die-cast control knob.
Installation flexibility. 30" ovens are designed for easy installation
in a wall cabinet or under a counter. You can also choose a 27"
model for in-cabinet installation.
Optional storage drawer ZX2201NSS.* For European-styled
model ZSC1201NSS, this drawer keeps extra trays within
easy reach.
*Not for use with undercounter installation.
20
68935F_comp_cooking.indd 20
27" Advantium 120
Speedcook oven
30" Advantium 120
Speedcook oven
European: ZSC1001KSS
European: ZSC1201NSS
Professional: ZSC1202NSS
Overall exterior dimensions
(excluding handles)
(WxHxD in inches):
26-3/4 x 18-5/8 x 21-1/2
(27" cabinet)
29-3/4 x 18-5/8 x 21-1/2
(30" cabinet)
Amps @120V
13.8
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
100
• Approved for installation
above a single wall oven
or warming drawer
Overall exterior dimensions
(excluding handles)
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 19 x 22-1/2
(30" cabinet)
Amps @120V
13.8
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
100
• Installs in 30" wall oven cabinet,
no kit required
• Approved for installation
below a countertop
• Approved for installation
above a single wall oven or
warming drawer
9/18/12 2:14 PM
monogram.com
• This oven must be installed at least 36-3/4" above the floor.
• For personal safety, this oven cannot be installed in a cabinet
arrangement such as an island or peninsula.
• This oven is not approved for installation below a countertop,
side by side or stacked.
Electrical requirements
Product rating is 208/240V, 60Hz, 30 amps. This product must be
connected to a supply circuit of the proper voltage and frequency
and protected by a time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.
Advantium 240 oven installed above a Monogram single
wall oven
When installed over a single oven or a warming drawer, allow at
least 2" between the two openings. This separation will provide
clearance for bottom overlap of the Advantium oven and top
overlap of the single oven or warming drawer.
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
30"
*The middle rail
separating the
two openings
may need to be
larger than the
2" min. shown.
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
Above-the-cooktop
Advantium Speedcook o ve n s
The Monogram® Advantium built-in oven can be installed directly
into a wall or 30"-wide wall oven cabinetry. Install it alone, with a
single oven or with a warming drawer. Create a complete
cooking center by installing the Advantium with both.
Advantium ® Speedcook
wa ll ove n s
Advance planning for wall ovens with Advantium 240
Speedcook technology
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners, all
Four Sides
17-1/2"
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
36-3/4" Min.
45-1/4"
Recommended
Cutout and product dimensions
Advantium 240 oven installed alone
Order a 30"-wide single oven cabinet or cut the opening in
a wall to the dimensions shown.
21-1/2"
Recessed
Depth
25-1/4"
Min.
19"
17-1/2"
29-3/4"
Construct
Base
Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported
by 2x4 or 2x2
Runners all
Four Sides
36-3/4"
Min.
Advantium 240 oven installed above a Monogram
warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the
warming drawer opening. Again, see installation
instructions for complete details.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate
120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
30"
Note:
Additional
clearance
between
cutouts
may be
required.
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
17-1/2"
36-3/4" Min.
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Per Warming
Drawer
Requirement
Advantium 240 oven installed above a Monogram single wall
oven and a warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the warming
drawer opening. See installation instructions for complete details.
Microwave ovens
23-1/2"
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate
120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
Note: Additional
$POTUSVDU 4P
30"
23-1/2"
#PUUPN .JO
clearance between
Plywood
cutouts may be
4VQQPSUFE CZ
Y
PS
Y
required. Check to be
25-1/4"
3VOOFST BMM
sure the oven supports
'PVS 4JEFT
above the warming
17-1/2"
2" Min.
drawer location do not
Per Oven
obstruct the required
Requirement
interior 23-1/2" depth
2" Min.
and 9-1/4" height. See
each specific product’s
Per warming drawer requirement
45-1/4"
installation instructions Min.
for details.
War m ing dr awe rs
30"
Installation note:
The Advantium 240 ovens now have the same cutout
dimensions as the 120 Advantium. If replacing an older
Advantium 240 oven (ZSC2001F or ZSC2001C), choose the new
integrated ZSC2201NSS and the matching storage drawer,
ZX2201NSS. Installed together, they fit perfectly into the old
Advantium 240 cutout. See combined Advantium and accessory
cutout dimensions on the next page.
21
68935_GE_DG_021 21
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Advance planning for wall ovens with Advantium ® 240 Speedcook technology
with optional storage drawer
ZX2201NSS Accessory storage drawer
The accessory storage drawer is ideal for storing extra Advantium
trays and the convection shelf. It is only compatible with the
ZSC2201NSS. Use these cutout dimensions for ZSC2201NSS and
ZX2201NSS combination installations. The drawer is assembled to
the Advantium oven before it is installed into the cutout.
ZSC2201NSS Advantium 240 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a Monogram® single wall oven
When installed over a single oven or a warming drawer, allow at
least 2" between the two openings. This separation will provide
clearance for bottom overlap of the Advantium oven and top
overlap of the single oven or warming drawer.
ZSC2201NSS Advantium 240 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS
Order a 30"-wide single oven cabinet or cut the opening in a wall
to the dimensions shown.
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
30"
23-1/2"
21-1/2"
Recessed
Depth
25-1/4"
Min.
22-1/4"
21"
29-3/4"
Construct
Base
Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported
by 2x4 or 2x2
Runners all
Four Sides
36-3/4"
Min.
ZSC2201NSS Advantium 240 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a Monogram warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the warming
drawer opening. Again, see installation instructions for complete
details.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate 120V,
60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
30"
Note:
Additional
clearance
between
cutouts
may be
required.
36-3/4" Min.
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
21"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min
Per Warming
Drawer
Requirement
*The middle rail
separating the
two openings
may need to be
larger than the
2" min. shown.
36-3/4”
Min.
45-1/4”
Recommended
ZSC2201NSS Advantium 240 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a Monogram single wall
oven and a warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the warming
drawer opening. See installation instructions for complete details.
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate 120V,
60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
Note: Additional
Construct Solid
30"
23-1/2"
Bottom Min. 3/8"
clearance between
Plywood
Supported by
cutouts may be
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
required. Check to be
25-1/4"
Runners all
Four Sides
sure the oven supports
above the warming
21"
2" Min.
drawer location do not
Per Oven
obstruct the required
Requirement
interior 23-1/2" depth
2" Min.
and 9-1/4" height. See
Per warming drawer requirement
each specific product’s
45-1/4"
installation instructions
for details.
22
68935_GE_DG_022 22
9/18/12 10:13 AM
monogram.com
• These ovens may be installed side by side or stacked one over
the other. See installation instructions for details.
Electrical requirements
Product rating is 120V, 60Hz, 15-amp circuit and draws 1.8 kilowatts.
It must be connected to a supply circuit of the proper voltage and
frequency and protected by a time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
single wall oven
• The Advantium 120 oven and single oven combination
must be supplied with separate electrical connections.
30"
The middle rail
separating the two
openings may need to
be larger than the
2" min. shown.
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners, all
Four Sides
Above-the-cooktop
Advantium Speedcook o ve n s
This Monogram built-in oven can be installed directly into a
wall, a 30"-wide oven cabinet or below a countertop and
specified cooktops. It can also be installed alone, with a single
oven or with a warming drawer. Create a complete cooking
center by installing the Advantium with both.
Advantium ® Speedcook
wa ll ove n s
Advance planning for 30" wall ovens with Advantium 120
Speedcook technology
17-1/2"
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
• An Advantium 120 oven installed in combination with any other
appliance must be supplied with separate electrical connections.
21-1/2"
Recessed
Depth
23-1/2"
30"
25-1/4"
19"
17-1/2"
Construct Base
Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
29-3/4"
• The Advantium 120 oven and single oven combination
must be supplied with separate electrical connections.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate
120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
Note: Additional
clearance between
cutouts may be
required. Check to
be sure the oven
supports above the
warming drawer
location do not
obstruct the required
interior depth and
height. See each
specific product’s
installation instructions
for details.
30"
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
17-1/2"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
2" Min.
Per warming drawer requirement
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the
warming drawer opening. Again, see installation
instructions for complete details.
Advantium 120 oven installed below a countertop
and/or cooktop.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate
120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
• Monogram cooktops ZGU36K, ZEU36R, ZEU30R and ZEU36K
may be installed above the Advantium 120 oven.
30"
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
17-1/2"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Per Warming
Drawer
Requirement
68935_GE_DG_023 23
Microwave ovens
Advantium 120 oven installed alone
Order a 30"-wide single oven cabinet or cut the opening
in a wall to the dimensions shown.
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
single wall oven and a warming drawer
War m ing dr awe rs
Cutout and product dimensions
Note: Additional
clearance between
cutouts may be
required
Note: The oven is only approved
to be installed under the specific
models labeled on the unit.
23
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Advance planning for 30" wall ovens with Advantium ® 120
Speedcook technology with optional storage drawer
ZX2201NSS Accessory storage drawer
The accessory storage drawer is ideal for storing extra Advantium
trays. It is only compatible with the ZSC1201NSS. Use these
cutout dimensions for ZSC2201NSS and ZX2201NSS combination
installations. The drawer is assembled to the Advantium oven
before it is installed into the cutout.
ZSC1201NSS Advantium 120 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS
Order a 30"-wide single oven cabinet or cut the opening in a wall
to the dimensions shown.
30"
23-1/2"
21-1/2"
Recessed
Depth
25-1/4"
Min.
22-1/4"
21"
29-3/4"
Construct
Base
Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported
by 2x4 or 2x2
Runners all
Four Sides
36-3/4"
Min.
ZSC1201NSS Advantium 120 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a Monogram warming
drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the warming
drawer opening. See installation instructions for complete details.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate 120V,
60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
30"
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
21"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min
Per Warming
Drawer
Requirement
ZSC1201NSS Advantium 120 oven with accessory
storage drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a
Monogram® single wall oven
When installed over a single oven or a warming drawer, allow at
least 2" between the two openings. This separation will provide
clearance for bottom overlap of the Advantium oven and top
overlap of the single oven or warming drawer.
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
*The middle rail
separating the
two openings
may need to be
larger than the
2" min. shown.
36-3/4”
Min.
45-1/4”
Recommended
ZSC1201NSS Advantium 120 oven with accessory storage
drawer ZX2201NSS installed above a Monogram single wall
oven and a warming drawer
• The Advantium oven and single oven combination must use
separate electrical junction boxes.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate 120V,
60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
*Note: Additional
clearance between
cutouts may be
required. Check to be
sure the oven supports
above the warming
drawer location do not
obstruct the required
interior 23-1/2" depth
and 9-1/4" height. See
each specific product’s
installation instructions
for details.
30"
23-1/2"
25-1/4"
21"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 2 x 2
Runners all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
2" Min.
Per warming drawer requirement
45-1/4"
36-3/4" Min.
Side-by-side installation
Install two Advantium 120 ovens in separate cutouts. Allow 4-1/2"
minimum between the cutouts. Observe all cutout dimensions
and requirements.
24
68935_GE_DG_024 24
Installation note:
The ZX1201NSS and accessory storage drawer combination
cannot be installed together below a countertop.
4-1/2"
Min.
9/18/12 10:13 AM
monogram.com
• This oven must be installed at least 36-3/4" above the floor.
• For personal safety, this oven cannot be installed in a cabinet
arrangement such as an island or peninsula.
• This oven is not approved for installation below a
countertop, side by side or stacked.
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
single wall oven
When installed over a single oven or a warming drawer, allow at
least 2" between the two openings. This separation will provide
clearance for bottom overlap of the Advantium oven and top
overlap of the single oven or warming drawer.
• The Advantium 120 oven and single oven combination
must be supplied with separate electrical connections.
27" or 30"
Electrical requirements
Product rating is 120V, 60Hz, 15-amp circuit and draws 1.8
kilowatts. It must be connected to a supply circuit of the proper
voltage and frequency and protected by a time-delay fuse or
circuit breaker.
The middle rail
separating the two
openings may need to
be larger than the
2" min. shown.
Above-the-cooktop
Advantium Speedcook o ve n s
The Monogram Advantium 120 built-in oven can be installed
directly into a wall or a 27"- or 30"-wide wall oven cabinet.
Install it alone, with a wall oven or with a warming drawer.
Advantium ® Speedcook
wa ll ove n s
Advance planning for wall ovens with 27"/30" Advantium 120
Speedcook technology
23-1/2"
25-1/8" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
17-1/2"
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 1 x 2
Runners, all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
Cutout and product dimensions
Advantium 120 oven installed alone
Order a 27"- or 30"-wide single oven cabinet or cut the opening
in a wall to the dimensions shown.
36-3/4"
Min.
45-1/4"
Recommended
21-1/2" (Recessed
25-1/8" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
portion)
17-1/2"
18-5/8"
Microwave ovens
23-1/2"
27" or 30"
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
single wall oven and a warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the warming
drawer opening. See installation instructions for complete details.
• The warming drawer and the Advantium 120 oven must be
supplied with separate 120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacles.
26-3/4"
18-5/8"
Construct Base
Min. 3/8" Plywood
Supported by 2 x 4 or
1 x 2 Runners
all Four Sides
29-3/4"
with side trim
Advantium 120 oven installed above a Monogram
warming drawer
An anti-tip block must be installed at the rear of the
warming drawer opening. Again, see installation
instructions for complete details.
• The warming drawer must be supplied with a separate
120V, 60Hz, properly grounded receptacle.
27" or 30"
The middle rail
separating the
two openings
may need to be
larger than the 2"
min. shown.
23-1/2"
25-1/8" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
17-1/2"
9-1/4"
36-3/4"
Min.
68935_GE_DG_025 25
Construct Solid
Bottom Min.
3/8" Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 1 x 2
Runners, all
Four Sides
2" Min.
Install 2 x 4
or 2 x 2
Runners or
Solid Bottom,
Must Support
100 lbs.
Note: Additional
clearance between
cutouts may be
required. Check to
be sure the oven
supports above the
warming drawer
location do not
obstruct the required
interior depth and
height. See each
specific product’s
installation instructions
for details.
27" or 30"
25-1/8" Min.
25-1/4" Max.
Construct Solid
Bottom Min. 3/8"
Plywood
Supported by
2 x 4 or 1 x 2
Runners, all
Four Sides
17-1/2"
2" Min.
Per Oven
Requirement
2" Min.
45-1/4"
Min.
Electrical location
Locate a recessed outlet within
6" of either side and at least 9"
above the cutout floor.
The serial plate is located
on the oven cavity flange,
behind the door.
23-1/2"
War m ing dr awe rs
36-3/4"
Min.
9-1/4"
6"
9"
Locate Outlet Box in
the Shaded Area
25
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Above-the-cooktop oven with Advantium ® 240
Speedcook technology
General features
Speedcook technology. Combines high-intensity halogen light
with ceramic and radiant heating elements to rapidly cook
the outside of foods, sealing in natural juices. At the same
time, microwave energy works to evenly cook the inside. No
preheating required.
Four powerful ovens in one. Speedcook, true European
convection, sensor microwave and warming offer the ultimate
in cooking speed and versatility.
Easy-to-use controls. Add cooking convenience. The round
dial smoothly turns in both directions, making it easy to select
from more than 175 preprogrammed recipes. Demo and help
programs guide you through the simple process of choosing a
programmed recipe or customizing your own.
Spacious interior. With a 13.6" turntable and two full-width
oven racks, easily accommodates a roast or three 8-1/2" x 11"
casserole dishes.
Filter kit accessory available. JX81D recirculating charcoal
filter kit is to be used when the Advantium oven cannot be
vented to the outside.
Above-the-cooktop oven with
Advantium 240 Speedcook
ZSA2201RSS
Overall exterior dimensions
(excluding handles)
(WxHxD in inches):
29-15/16 x 16-7/16 x 15-3/8
Amps @240/208 VAC
30
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
104
• Can be paired with the 30"
Monogram® Professional range
(ZDP304NPSS/LPSS) and the
following Monogram cooktops:
ZGU384, ZGU36K, ZHU36R,
ZHU30R, ZEU36R, ZEU30R
and ZEU36K
• Order filler kit JX52BL if placing
Advantium in 36" cutout
Above-the-cooktop oven with Advantium 120
Speedcook technology
General features
Four powerful ovens in one. Speedcook, true European
convection, sensor microwave and warming offer the ultimate
in cooking speed and versatility.
Speedcook technology. Combines high-intensity halogen light
with ceramic and radiant heating elements to rapidly cook
the outside of foods, sealing in natural juices. At the same
time, microwave energy works to evenly cook the inside. No
preheating required.
Easy-to-use controls. Add cooking convenience. The round
dial smoothly turns in both directions, making it easy to select
from more than 175 preprogrammed recipes. Demo and help
programs guide you through the simple process of choosing a
programmed recipe or customizing your own.
Spacious interior. With a 13.6" turntable and two full-width
oven racks, easily accommodates a roast or three 8-1/2"x 11"
casserole dishes.
Filter kit accessory available. JX81D-recirculating charcoal
filter kit is to be used when the Advantium oven cannot be
vented to the outside.
26
68935_GE_DG_026 26
Above-the-cooktop oven
with Advantium 120
Speedcook
European: ZSA1201RSS
Professional: ZSA1202RSS
Overall exterior dimensions
(excluding handles)
(WxHxD in inches):
29-15/16 x 16-7/16 x 15-3/8
Amps 120 VAC
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
97
• Can be paired with the 30" Monogram
Professional range (ZDP304NPSS/LPSS)
and the following Monogram cooktops:
ZGU384, ZGU36K, ZHU36R, ZHU30R,
ZEU36R, ZEU30R and ZEU36K.
• Order filler kit JX52BL if placing
Advantium in 36" cutout.
9/18/12 10:13 AM
monogram.com
Advantium ® Speedcook
wa ll ove n s
Advance planning for above-the-cooktop ovens (240 or 120)
with Advantium Speedcook technology
Cutout and product dimensions
30" MIN.
width required
66" MIN.
Mounting
height
from floor
13"
MAX.
12"
MIN.
Exhaust outlet
connects to
3-1/4" X 10" duct
240V and 120V outlets
need to be spaced on
the side if the desire is
to setup with top
exhaust.
Above-the-cooktop
Advantium Speedcook o ve n s
A
25-1/2
16 max
100˚
Door open
A
16-3/8 max
(Rear)
16 max
(without
obstruction)
SIDE VIEW A-A
30 max
Cabinet Front
Cabinet Bottom Shelf
Filler Block
Minimum distance from
door hinge side to adjacent
wall should equal 1/2-inch.
Equivalent
to Depth of
Cabinet Recess
This distance can
NOT exceed 2” to
ensure proper
installation with
the provided
screws.
Self-Aligning Screw
Oven Top
Microwave ovens
Note: Outside venting is optional. Vent (duct) can be
horizontal or vertical.
Dimensions and installation information
(in inches)
Hood exhaust duct
Maximum duct length
Outside ventilation requires a HOOD EXHAUST DUCT. Read the
following carefully.
For satisfactory air movement, the total duct length of 3-1/4"
x 10" rectangular or 6" diameter round duct should not exceed
140 equivalent feet.
The hood exhaust has been designed to mate with a standard
3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct.
If a round duct is required, a rectangular-to-round transition
adaptor must be used. Do not use less than a 6"-diameter duct.
Rear exhaust
If a rear or horizontal exhaust is to be used, care should be taken
to align exhaust with the space between studs, or wall should be
prepared at the time it is constructed by leaving enough space
between the wall studs to accommodate exhaust.
Elbows, transitions, wall and roof caps, etc.
Present additional resistance to airflow and are equivalent to a
section of straight duct which is longer than their actual physical
size. When calculating the total duct length, add the equivalent length of all transitions and adaptors plus the length of all
straight duct sections. The chart below shows the approximate
feet of equivalent length of some typical ducts.
Duct
Filter kit accessory
Filter kit
JX81D Recirculating
charcoal filter kit
To be used when the
Advantium oven cannot
be vented to the outside.
A.
War m ing dr awe rs
Exhaust connection
Equivalent
B.
Rectangular-to-round
Transition adaptor
Wall cap
5 ft.
40 ft.
C.
90° round elbow
10 ft.
D.
45° round elbow
5 ft.
E.
90° rectangular elbow
25 ft.
F.
45° rectangular elbow
5 ft.
G.
Roof cap
24 ft.
Grille
27
68935F_comp_cooking.indd 27
9/18/12 2:15 PM
Microwave ovens
Countertop and compact
microwave oven general features
SENSOR COOKING
BEVERAGE
REHEAT
BEVERAGE
POPCORN
POTATO
CHICKEN
FISH
TIME
COOK
AUTO
DEFROST
TIME
DEFROST
1
Sophisticated styling. Electronic touch controls and a large
viewing window make a sleek, modern statement.
EXPRESS
COOK
4
EXPRESS
COOK
7
2
EXPRESS
COOK
5
EXPRESS
COOK
8
3
EXPRESS
COOK
6
EXPRESS
COOK
9
SENSOR COOKING
POWER
LEVEL
0
ADD
30 SEC
POPCORN
DISPLAY ON/OFF
START
PAUSE
CLEAR
OFF
HELP
BEEPER
VOLUME
DELAY
START
AM/PM
REMINDER
BEVERAGE
REHEAT
POTATO
VEGETABLE
CHICKEN
FISH
GUIDE BEHIND DOOR
DEFROST
AUTO/TIME
TIME COOK
CLOCK
SCROLL SPEED
1
EXPRESS
COOK
TIMER
ON/OFF
4
2
EXPRESS
COOK
5
3
EXPRESS
COOK
EXPRESS
COOK
EXPRESS
COOK
7
8
9
POWER
LEVEL
ADD
30 SEC
0
START
PAUSE
6
EXPRESS
COOK
HELP
CLEAR
OFF
DISPLAY ON/OFF
TIMER
ON/OFF
Sensor cooking. An electronic sensor monitors the level of
steam released by food and automatically adjusts cooking
time to deliver optimal results.
CLOCK
REMINDER
DELAY
START
AM/PM
TURNTABLE
Sensor Microwave Oven
Flexible installation. Optional built-in kit allows cabinet or wall
installation, and an optional hanging kit allows you to mount
unit under a cabinet.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Countertop
microwave oven
Compact
microwave oven
ZE2160SF
ZEM200SF
Oven Cavity (cu. ft.)
2.1
Power rating
1200W
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 14 x 19-1/2
Amps @120VAC
13.9
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
51
Oven Cavity (cu. ft.)
1.0
Power rating
800W
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-25/32 x 11-11/64 x 12-55/64
Amps @120VAC
11.5
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
43
• Built-in kit available for
30" or 27" installation
• Built-in kit available for
27" installation
*Height includes feet
Advance planning for microwave ovens
Countertop microwave oven
Compact microwave oven
This large microwave oven is encased in stainless steel. It can
be used on the countertop or built in using optional kits. Order
JX2127SH for installation into a 27"-wide cabinet. Order JX2130SH
for installation into a 30" cabinet. Kits must be ordered separately
from your Monogram® dealer.
This microwave oven can be used on a countertop or hung
from kitchen wall cabinets. The hanging kit is packed with the
microwave oven.
• This microwave oven must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz,
and connected to an individual, properly grounded branch
circuit and protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker
or time-delay fuse.
• This microwave oven must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz,
and connected to an individual, properly grounded branch
circuit and protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker
or time-delay fuse.
Locate Electrical
Outlet on Back
Wall 19-1/2" Min.
Outside and 22" Min.
Inside Cutout
• This microwave oven can also be built into 27"-wide cabinetry.
Order JX827SMSS for stainless steel.
25-1/2"
18"
19"
19"
16-3/4"
B
Locate Electrical
Outlet on Back
Wall 16" Min.
Outside
and 18" Min.
Inside Cutout
24-7/8"±1/16"
12-1/2"
16-3/4"
15"±1/16"
ZE2160SF
A
26-1/4"
A
B
28
JX2127SH
27"
26-5/8"
JX2130SH
30"
29-3/4"
Note: The trim frame protrudes forward of cabinetry to allow
air flow from the top, bottom and sides of the frame. Allow
1" clearance beyond the edge of the trim frame to provide
proper air flow.
68935_GE_DG_028 28
27"
ZEM200SF Stainless steel
9/18/12 10:14 AM
monogram.com
Advantium ® Speedcook
wa ll ove n s
Warming drawers
General features
Sophisticated styling. Built-in design with hidden controls offers
a look of understated elegance. For a personal statement,
customize the drawer with a cabinet-compatible wood panel
and your choice of handles.
Temperature settings. Monogram warming drawers offer a
range of temperature options, from a proof setting (approximately
75°F) to a high setting (approximately 230°F).
Installation versatility. All 30" and 27" warming drawers are
UL listed for use with Monogram wall ovens and cooktops.
Three-pan set. A set of three covered pans allows a choice of
sizes for any dish: one 6-quart pan and two 3-quart pans.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
30" warming drawer
27" warming drawer
ZTD910SFSS
ZKD910SFSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
30 x 10-1/2 x 23-1/4
Amps @120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall exterior dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
26-3/4 x 10-1/2 x 23-1/4
Amps @120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
• Optional custom wood
panel kit
• Side-by-side installation
• Undercounter installation
• Under-wall-oven installation
• Under cooktop installation
15
65
15
59
• Optional custom wood
panel kit
• Side-by-side installation
• Undercounter installation
• Under-wall-oven installation
• Under cooktop installation
Microwave ovens
Practical details. The design of the half rack not only
distributes heat evenly, but it also provides fifty percent
more surface area for stacking plates and food.
Above-the-cooktop
Advantium Speedcook o ve n s
Humidity control. By opening or closing the warming drawer vent,
you can keep foods crisp or maintain moisture.
Electrical requirements
Custom panels and handles
Product rating is 120V, 60Hz, and must be connected to an
individual, properly grounded branch circuit and protected
by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
Two warming drawers installed side by side can operate
from the same duplex outlet.
The drawer fronts can be removed and replaced with a
custom panel to match surrounding cabinetry.
Professional door panel with handle
The drawer front of the 30" model ZTD910SFSS can be removed
and replaced. Order ZXD30P Professional door panel.
War mi ng drawer s
Advance planning for warming drawers
• Order ZXD30B for 30"-wide models and ZXD27B for 27"
models. These kits must be ordered separately from your
Monogram supplier.
• The tubular handle may be reinstalled onto the custom panel
(longer screws will be required) or replaced with a custom
handle of your choice.
26-3/4" for 27" Models
30" for 30" Models
Drill 5/16" Dia.
10-1/2" Through Custom
Panel For Lamp Jewel
1-13/16"
1-3/4"
*Note: The custom panel will not be flush with adjacent
cabinetry drawers and doors.
29
68935_GE_DG_029 29
9/18/12 10:14 AM
Advance planning for warming drawers
Installation below a single or double oven
The warming drawer may be installed below a single or double
oven. Observe the 1" minimum clearance above the toekick, or
5" above the floor.
30" warming drawer
ZTD910SFSS Stainless steel
2"
Min.
27" warming drawer
ZKD910SFSS Stainless steel
23-1/2" Min.
Inside
Side-by-Side Installation
Installation below a countertop
The warming drawer may be installed beneath a countertop.
Install the drawer 5" minimum above the floor or 1" above
the toekick. The recommended distance from the floor to the
bottom of the cutout is 23-1/4" for undercounter installation.
Single
oven
2x2 or 2x4
Anti-Tip Block
Against Rear
Wall, 9" From
Floor to
Bottom of
Block
Side-by-side installation
Install two warming drawers in separate cutouts. Allow 2"
minimum between cutouts.
Oven
Cutout
2" Min.
9"
Allow 5/8"
Overlap on
All Sides
9-1/4"
Installation below a cooktop
The warming drawer is approved for installation below
specified cooktop models. A solid barrier and an air gap
between the cooktop and the warming drawer are required.
See note below.*
23-1/4"
10-1/2"
A
1" Min. Above Toekick or Adjust
to Oven Installation Height
ZTD910
ZKD910
Dim. A
28-1/2"
25-1/2"
Installation below a cabinet drawer
The warming drawer may be installed beneath a cabinet
drawer. In this installation, a solid barrier should be installed
above the warming drawer to block access. Use any solid
material such as 1/4"-thick plywood. Allow at least 1/4" air
gap between the barrier and the top of the warming drawer.
B
Dim. B
30"
26-3/4"
Note: Additional clearance between cutouts may be
required. Check to be sure that oven supports, above the
warming drawer location, do not obstruct the required
interior 23-1/2" depth and 9-1/4" height.
Electrical
Outlet 16" Max.
From Left Side.
23-1/2" Min.
Inside
Double
oven
Install
2x4 or 2x2
Anti-Tip Block
Against Rear
Cabinet Wall
9" From Floor
to Bottom
of Block
Electrical Outlet
42" Max. From
Right Side. 1-1/2"
Cabinet
Top
25"
Solid Barrier
See Note
Electrical Outlet
Flush With
Side of Cabinet
7" Max.
7"
1" Min.*
9"
9-1/4"
A
Oven
Cutout
2x2 or 2x4
Anti-Tip Block
Against Rear
Wall, 9" From
Floor to
Bottom of
Block
Allow 5/8"
Overlap on
All Sides
Solid Barrier
w
23-1/2" Min.
2" Min.
23-1/4"
9-1/4"
1" Min. Above Toekick
30
68935_GE_DG_030 30
elo
nB
tiower
a
l
tal ra
Ins a D
10-1/2"
A
ZTD910
ZKD910
1/4"
Air Gap
Install a Solid Barrier
and a 1/4" Air Gap
Above Warming Drawer
9"
Dim. A
28-1/2"
25-1/2"
36"
Countertop
Height
B
Dim. B
30"
26-3/4"
ZTD910
ZKD910
Dim. A
28-1/2"
25-1/2"
*Note: When installing the warming drawer below a cooktop,
a solid barrier must be installed at least 1" from the lowest
point of the bottom of the cooktop burner box to the top of
the cutout. Use any solid material such as 1/4"-thick
plywood. Allow at least 1/4" air gap between the barrier
and the top of the warming drawer.
9/18/12 10:14 AM
monogram.com
48" professional gas rangetop general features
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners. Provide complete low-
Reversible burner grates. Are flat on one side and uniquely
contoured on the other to accommodate various-size woks.
BACK
FRONT
GRILL
GRIDDLE
BACK
48" Professional
gas rangetop
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle. Offers 18,000
ZGU484NGPSS, ZGU486NRPSS and
ZGU486NDPSS (natural gas)
BTUs* of power, allowing fast and consistent heating across the
entire cooking surface.
ZGU484LGPSS, ZGU486LRPSS and
ZGU486LDPSS (liquid propane)
The ceramic-infrared grill. Has 14,000 BTUs* of adjustable
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
47-7/8 x 8-1/2 x 27-1/2
Amps @120VAC
7.5– 4 burners
4.0– 6 burners
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
340
heat. The cooking grate is grooved on one side to create sear
marks and rounded on the other side for delicate foods.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
FRONT
• Offers three combinations of
burners, grill and griddle
• Natural or LP gas must be
specified by model number
• Optional 12" or 30"–36"
adjustable-height backsplash
accessories
• All burner grates are reversible
to support a round-bottom wok
Gas cookt ops
simmer-to-rapid-boil flexibility (140°F simmer to 18,000 BTUs*).
The burners are sealed to the recessed cooktop for easy cleaning.
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
48" Professional gas rangetops
*Natural gas
Professional rangetops offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
The rangetops are factory set for natural gas or liquid propane.
Be sure to order the correct model for the installation situation.
If the wrong fuel type is ordered, the rangetop may be converted.
Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
WB28K10553 high-altitude kit is available for operation above
6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and natural
gas operation.
All conversion kits must be
installed by a qualified
service technician at an
additional cost.
I ndu ction cookt ops
Advance planning for 48" Professional gas rangetops
Electrical requirements
Rangetops must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and connected
to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit protected
by a 15-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
Gas supply
• Natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the
natural gas supplied to the regulator must be between
7" and 13" water column.
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
• The liquid propane models are designed to operate at 10"
water column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure
of the LP source to the regulator must be between 11" and
13" water column.
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far left
knob for convenience. The full rating label is located on the
bottom of the rangetop.
48" rangetop surface configurations
The 48" Monogram® Professional rangetops are available with
a combination of grill, griddle or burners to suit your needs.
ZGU484NGPSS
with 4 burners, grill and griddle
(Order ZGU484LGPSS for LP gas)
ZGU486NRPSS
with 6 burners and grill
(Order ZGU486LRPSS for LP gas)
ZGU486NDPSS
with 6 burners and griddle
(Order ZGU486LDPSS for LP gas)
31
68935_GE_DG_031 31
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Advance planning for 48" Professional gas rangetops
Installation options
Control panel projects forward
from standard-depth cabinets.
*Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back finished edge of the control panel—typically,
the minimum cabinet depth (front to back). Maximum cabinet cutout depth is 26" minus the countertop overhang.
Front of deep cabinets can align
with control panel beveled edge.
**Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back edge of chamfer at the sides of the control
panel—typically, the maximum countertop cutout depth (front to back). Maximum countertop cutout depth is 25-1/4".
†
Include the overhang of the rear trim when countertop continues behind the product. The overhang is decorative
only. The weight of the rangetop is fully supported by the side trims.
Product dimensions and clearances
Backsplash accessories
A 54"- or 48"-wide Professional vent hood with a minimum
1200 CFM is recommended for installation over this rangetop.
The rangetop requires a 12" minimum clearance to a
vertical combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash
is required for installations with less than 12"
clearance. The following backsplash accessories are
available, or a custom, non-combustible backsplash
can be used.
Allow 8" of free space below the
top surface of the countertop.
Allow additional clearances
below the burner box to install
the regulator and make house
supply connections.
ZX12B48PSS, 12" backsplash
ZXADJB48PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
Side view with a backsplash
Note: 12”
from the top
of the shelf to
the top of the
backsplash
*The opening between a 4"high backsplash must be 48"
to allow the rangetop to slide
back against the wall.
Additional clearances
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles above the
rangetop. A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible
surfaces must have an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation instructions for
specific hood clearances.
32
The surface of the entire back wall above the countertop and below the hood
must be covered with a non-combustible material such as metal, ceramic tile,
brick or stone.
68935_GE_DG_032 32
Note: Venting Recommendation
An HVI Certified vent hood or downdraft vent of the same or greater
width having 350 CFM minimum is recommended.
9/18/12 10:24 AM
monogram.com
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
36" Professional gas rangetops
36" Professional gas rangetop general features
Sealed, dual-flame stacked burners. Provide complete lowBACK
FRONT
GRIDDLE
BACK
FRONT
simmer-to-rapid-boil flexibility (140°F simmer to 18,000 BTUs*).
The burners are sealed to the recessed cooktop for easy cleaning.
contoured on the other to accommodate various-size woks.
Stainless steel and aluminum-clad griddle. Offers 18,000
36" Professional gas rangetop
ZGU366NPSS, ZGU364NRPSS and
ZGU364NDPSS (natural gas)
BTUs* of power, allowing fast and consistent heating across the
entire cooking surface.
ZGU366LPSS, ZGU364LRPSS and
ZGU364LDPSS (liquid propane)
The ceramic-infrared grill. Has 14,000 BTUs* of adjustable
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-7/8 x 8-1/2 x 27-1/2
Amps @120VAC 4.0– 4 burners
0.5– 6 burners
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
228
heat. The cooking grate is grooved on one side to create sear
marks and rounded on the other side for delicate foods.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
• Offers three combinations
of burners, grill and griddle
• Natural or LP gas must be
specified by model number
• Optional 12" or 30"–36"
adjustable-height backsplash
accessories
• All burner grates are reversible
to support a round-bottom wok
Gas cookt ops
Reversible burner grates. Are flat on one side and uniquely
*Natural gas
Professional rangetops offer a number of choices in size and
cooktop configurations.
The rangetops are factory set for natural gas or liquid propane.
Be sure to order the correct model for the installation situation.
If the wrong fuel type is ordered, the rangetop may be converted.
Conversion orifices are packed with each product.
WB28K10553 high-altitude kit is available for operation above
6,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP and natural
gas operation.
All conversion kits must be
installed by a qualified
service technician at an
additional cost.
I ndu ction cookt ops
Advance planning for 36" Professional gas rangetops
Electrical requirements
Rangetops must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and connected to
an individual, properly grounded branch circuit protected by
a 15-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
Gas supply
• Natural gas models are designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of the
natural gas supplied to the regulator must be between 7"
and 13" water column.
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
• The liquid propane models are designed to operate at 10"
water column pressure. For proper operation, the pressure of
the LP source to the regulator must be between 11" and 13"
water column.
The serial and model numbers are located behind the far left
knob for convenience. The full rating label is located on the
bottom of the rangetop.
36" rangetop surface configurations
The 36" Monogram® Professional rangetops are available with a
combination of a grill or griddle and 4 burners, or simply 6 burners.
ZGU364NDPSS
with 4 burners and griddle
(Order ZGU364LDPSS for LP gas)
ZGU364NRPSS
with 4 burners and grill
(Order ZGU364LRPSS for LP gas)
ZGU366NPSS
with 6 burners
(Order ZGU366LPSS for LP gas)
33
68935_GE_DG_033 33
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Advance planning for 36" Professional gas rangetops
Installation options
Control panel projects forward
from standard-depth cabinets.
*Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back finished edge of the control panel—typically,
the minimum cabinet depth (front to back). Maximum cabinet cutout depth is 26" minus the countertop overhang.
Front of deep cabinets can align
with control panel beveled edge.
**Minimum cabinet cutout depth from the back of the rear trim to the back edge of chamfer at the sides of the control
panel—typically, the maximum countertop cutout depth (front to back). Maximum countertop cutout depth is 25-1/4".
†
Include the overhang of the rear trim when countertop continues behind the product. The overhang is decorative
only. The weight of the rangetop is fully supported by the side trims.
Product dimensions and clearances
Backsplash accessories
A 42"- or 36"-wide Professional vent hood with a minimum
600 CFM is recommended for installation over this rangetop.
The rangetop requires a 12" minimum clearance to a
vertical combustible surface at the rear. A backsplash
is required for installations with less than 12" clearance.
The following backsplash accessories are available, or
a custom, non-combustible backsplash can be used.
Allow 8" of free space below
the top surface of the
countertop. Allow additional
clearances below the burner
box to install the regulator
and make house supply
connections.
ZX12B36PSS, 12" backsplash
ZXADJB36PSS, 30"–36" adjustable-height backsplash
with warming shelf
Side view with a backsplash
Note: 12”
from the top
of the shelf to
the top of the
backsplash
*The opening between a
4"-high backsplash must be
36" to allow the rangetop to
slide back against the wall.
Additional clearances
Installations without a hood require 48" minimum to combustibles above the rangetop.
A custom hood installation with exposed horizontal combustible surfaces must have
an “auto-on” feature. See hood installation instructions for specific hood clearances.
The surface of the entire back wall above the countertop and below the hood must be
covered with a non-combustible material such as metal, ceramic tile, brick or stone.
34
68935_GE_DG_034 34
Note: Venting Recommendation
An HVI Certified vent hood or downdraft vent of the same or greater
width having 350 CFM minimum is recommended.
9/18/12 10:24 AM
monogram.com
Stainless steel gas cooktop
general features
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
Gas cooktops
LO
SIM
HI
LITE
OFF
LO
SIM
HI
OFF
LO
X-HI
LITE
OFF
LO
SIM
HI
LITE
LO
LO
High-output cooking power. Intense heat ideal for searing and
boiling is delivered by an 18,000-BTU* burner, featured on both
36" and 30" cooktops. The 36" model provides a total of 62,000
BTUs,* and the 30" model offers 50,000 BTUs.*
Silent, precise simmering. The simmer flame delivers
a consistent 140°F temperature, without cycling on and off.
No simmer plate required.
Electronic ignition with auto reignition. Instant ignition system
ensures a continuous flame and reignites automatically if
accidentally extinguished.
Hand-machined, stainless steel knob controls. A red indicator
light embedded in each knob makes it easy to view and select
heat settings. Knob controls rotate with smooth precision.
LO
SIM
SIM
USE WITH
LARGER
POTS
SIM
LO
LO
OFF
SIM
SIM
HI
HI
X-HI
LITE
LITE
HI
HI
LITE
OFF
OFF
Dual-flame, stacked burners. Simmer-to-boil flexibility on all
burners delivers exceptional performance and convenience. The
burners are sealed to the cooktop for easy cleaning.
USE WITH
LARGER
POTS
SIM
LITE
LITE
OFF
OFF
OFF
36" stainless steel
gas cooktop
30" stainless steel
gas cooktop
ZGU385NSMSS (natural gas)
ZGU385LSMSS (liquid propane)
ZGU384NSMSS (natural gas)
ZGU384LSMSS (liquid propane)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36-3/4 x 3-3/4 x 21-3/16
Amps @120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
30-3/4 x 3-3/4 x 21-5/8
Amps @120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
5.0
68
• Approved installation over
any Monogram single wall
oven or warming drawer
• Natural or LP gas must be
specified by model number
Gas cookt ops
Sophisticated design. Angled and hand-finished to perfection, a
Monogram® stainless steel gas cooktop brings an incomparable
mix of edge and elegance to the kitchen.
LITE
5.0
55
• Approved installation over
any Monogram single wall
oven or warming drawer
• Natural or LP gas must be
specified by model number
I ndu ction cookt ops
Interlocking, continuous grates. The continuous-grate design
creates a steady surface for cookware, and grates are integrated
into the cooktop for a clean, finished appearance.
Gas-on-glass cooktop general features
Sophisticated styling. The front edge is slightly curved to
form an attractive, soft arc that complements other Monogram
appliances.
LO
HI
LITE
OFF
LO
HI
LO
HI
LITE
LITE
OFF
Precise, versatile temperature control. Five burners provide
Continuous grate design. Heavy pots are easy to slide from
burner to burner.
Soft-touch control knobs. Tactile knobs are pleasing to
the touch and are dishwasher safe.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
OFF
HI
LO
HI
LITE
OFF
LITE
OFF
36" gas-on-glass
cooktop
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
a range of heat intensities: one 15,000-BTU* burner, one 11,000BTU* burner, one 9100-BTU* burner and two 6000-BTU* burners.
LO
ZGU36KSKSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 3-1/16 x 21-7/16—SS
36 x 3-1/16 x 21-1/4—BB
Amps @120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
5.0
59
• Approved installation over wall
oven or warming drawer
• LP gas conversion kit included
*Natural gas
68935_GE_DG_035 35
35
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Advance planning for gas cooktops
36" stainless steel gas cooktop
30" stainless steel gas cooktop
Stainless steel cooktop is factory set for natural or liquid
propane gas. Be sure to order the correct model for your
installation.
Stainless steel cooktop is factory set for natural or liquid
propane gas. Be sure to order the correct model for your
installation.
Note: If the wrong fuel type is ordered, the cooktop can be
converted for other fuel operation. Conversion orifices are
packed with each cooktop. They can be installed by a qualified
service technician at additional cost.
Note: If the wrong fuel type is ordered, the cooktop can be
converted for other fuel operation. Conversion orifices are
packed with each cooktop. They can be installed by a qualified
service technician at additional cost.
WB28T10185 high-altitude conversion kit is available for
operation above 5,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP
and natural gas.
WB28T10185 high-altitude conversion kit is available for
operation above 5,000 feet. This kit includes orifices for both LP
and natural gas.
Electrical requirements
Electrical requirements
This cooktop requires a 120V, 60Hz power supply. A separate
circuit, protected by a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit
breaker, is required.
20-5/16” at sides
This cooktop requires a 120V, 60Hz power supply. A separate
circuit, protected by a 15-amp time-delay fuse or circuit
breaker, is required.
21”at sides
ZGU385NSMSS natural gas
ZGU385LSMSS LP gas
21-3/16” at center
36-3/4”
3-3/4”
3-3/8” Min.
from Cutout
to Rear Vertical
Combustibles
ZGU384NSMSS natural gas
ZGU384LSMSS LP gas
12” Min.
from Cutout
to Side Walls
19-1/8”
3-3/4”
19-5/8”
2-7/8“ Min.
from Cutout
to Rear Vertical
Combustibles
2-1/2” Min.
from Cutout
to Front of
Countertop
33-7/8”
2-1/2” Min.
from Cutout
to Front of
Countertop
21-5/8”at center
30-3/4”
36” Min.
Cabinet Base
12” Min.
from Cutout
to Side Walls
28-1/2”
30” Min.
Cabinet Base
Locate gas and electrical supply
as shown. The gas inlet is located
on the bottom of the burner box, at
the center and 2" from the rear. See
installation instructions for details.
Locate the gas and electrical supply
as shown. The gas inlet is located on
the bottom of the burner box, 2" from
the right side and 1-1/2" from the rear.
See installation instructions for details.
Gas supply
Gas supply
• The natural gas model is designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. A regulator is required at the natural gas
source to provide a maximum of 14" water pressure to the
cooktop regulator.
• The natural gas model is designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. A regulator is required at the natural gas
source to provide a maximum of 14" water pressure to the
cooktop regulator.
• The liquid propane model is designed to operate at 11" water
column pressure. A regulator is required at the LP source to provide
a maximum of 14" water pressure to the cooktop regulator.
• The liquid propane model is designed to operate at 11" water
column pressure. A regulator is required at the LP source to provide
a maximum of 14" water pressure to the cooktop regulator.
Combination installations
Combination installations
Consideration must be given to gas and electrical supply
locations when the cooktop is installed with other products in
the same cabinet. Always refer to each product’s installation
instructions for clearances and electrical requirements.
Consideration must be given to gas and electrical supply
locations when the cooktop is installed with other products in
the same cabinet. Always refer to each product's installation
instructions for clearances and electrical requirements.
• Install this cooktop with any 36" or wider exhaust hood
with 350 CFM or greater air flow rating.
• Install this cooktop with any 30" or wider exhaust hood
with 350 CFM or greater air flow rating.
• This cooktop may be installed in combination with a Monogram®
36" downdraft vent or above a Monogram 30" warming drawer.
See downdraft vents and warming drawers for details.
• This cooktop may be installed in combination with a
Monogram downdraft vent. See downdraft vents for details.
• This cooktop may be installed above a Monogram single oven.
• This cooktop may be installed above a Monogram
warming drawer. See warming drawers for details.
• This cooktop may be installed above a Monogram single oven.
36
Note: Venting Recommendation
An HVI Certified vent hood or downdraft vent of the same or greater
width having 350 CFM minimum is recommended.
68935_GE_DG_036 36
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktop.
9/18/12 10:24 AM
monogram.com
Gas-on-glass cooktop
Gas supply
Gas-on-glass cooktop is factory set for natural gas operation. It
can be converted to LP operation with a conversion kit shipped
with the cooktop.
• This cooktop is designed to operate at 5" water
column pressure. A regulator is required at the natural gas
source to provide a maximum of 7" water pressure to the
cooktop regulator.
Electrical requirements
• When converted to liquid propane operation, it is designed to
operate at 10" water column pressure. A regulator is required
at the LP source to provide a maximum of 14" water pressure to
the cooktop regulator.
36"
ZGU36KSKSS Black
with stainless steel trim
3-1/16"
2-1/4" Min.
to Rear Vertical
Combustibles
6" Min.
Cutout
To Side
Walls
19-1/8"
33-7/8"
2-1/2"
Min. From
Front of
Countertop
Combination installations
Consideration must be given to gas and electrical supply
locations when the cooktop is installed with other products in
the same cabinet. Always refer to each product’s installation
instructions for clearances and electrical requirements.
Gas cookt ops
21-1/4" B
Deep at Center
• Install this cooktop with any 36" or wider exhaust hood
with 300 CFM or greater air flow rating.
• This cooktop may be installed in combination with a Monogram
36" downdraft vent. See downdraft vents for details.
• This cooktop may be installed above a Monogram
30" warming drawer. See warming drawers for details.
I ndu ction cookt ops
This cooktop requires a 120V, 60Hz power supply.
A separate circuit, protected by a 15-amp time-delay
fuse or circuit breaker, is required. The receptacle should
be checked by a qualified electrician for correct
21-7/16" SS
polarity and proper grounding.
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
Advance planning for gas cooktops
• This cooktop may be installed above a Monogram single oven.
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktop.
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
1" Min. Forward of
Back of Cutout
Locate the gas on the right side,
1" forward of the back of the cutout.
Install an electrical outlet 12" below
the countertop.
37
68935_GE_DG_037 37
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Induction cooktops
Induction cooktop general features
Induction technology. Induction elements use electricity
to produce a magnetic field that reacts with the iron in metal
cookware—including cast iron and magnetic stainless steel
pans—and transfers the heat to the cookware.
Sophisticated styling. Mirrored metallic models have a
reflective metallic finish that captures light and colors inside the
kitchen. Black and mirrored metallic models are smooth from
edge to edge, making them easy to clean.
Digital controls. Controls embedded in the cooktop offer
added style and convenience.
3,700-watt, 11" element. Provides instant and incredibly
powerful heat across 19 different cooking settings.
Digital pan-sensing technology. Detects the presence
of cookware with magnetic properties, a requirement for
induction cooking.
Pan-size sensor. Automatically adjusts the heating element to
the size of the pan.
36" induction cooktop
30" induction cooktop
ZHU36RSRSS and ZHU36RBMBB
ZHU30RSRSS and ZHU30RBMBB
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 4-5/8 x 20-7/8
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 4-5/8 x 21-3/8
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
• Requires a 50-amp circuit
• Approved installation over
Monogram wall oven
48.3
41.8
54
32.2
27.9
46
• Requires a 40-amp circuit
• Approved installation over
Monogram wall oven
Warm setting. Provides just enough heat to maintain an ideal
serving temperature.
Timer, control-lock capability and hot-surface indicator.
Each setting provides an extra measure of convenience
and safety.
Flexible installation. Monogram® induction cooktops may be
installed above a Monogram single wall oven, made possible
by the shallow-depth configuration of the cooktops and an
integrated cooling system.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
38
68935_c_cooktops.indd 38
9/18/12 2:29 PM
monogram.com
Electrical requirements
Combination installations
Product rating is 208 or 240V, 60Hz; 36" cooktops require a
50-amp circuit; 30" cooktops require a 40-amp
circuit. The cooktops must be connected to a supply circuit
of the proper voltage and frequency and protected by a
time-delay fuse or circuit breaker.
Consideration must be given to electrical supply locations when
the cooktop is installed with other products in the same cabinet.
Always refer to each product’s installation instructions for
clearances and electrical requirements.
• Install the 36" cooktop with a 36" downdraft vent. See downdraft
vents for details.
Junction
Box
4-5/8" at
Front Baffle
ZHU30RSRSS mirrored
metallic
ZHU30RBMBB black
Note: When the cooktop
is installed over an oven,
the baffle at the front is
not required.
A
• It is not recommended to install these cooktops above a drawer.
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktops.
B
2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
Min.
19-5/8"
• A Monogram single oven may be installed below these cooktops.
Gas cookt ops
3-1/4"
All models require 12"
minimum clearance below
the cooktop bottom to
combustible materials.
• Install these cooktops with any exhaust hood of the same or
greater width; 300 CFM or greater air flow rating is recommended.
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
I ndu ction cookt ops
16" Min
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
Advance planning for induction cooktops
28-1/2"
30" induction cooktop (in inches)
B (depth at sides)
29-3/4" 20-13/16"
A
ZHU36RSRSS mirrored
metallic
ZHU36RBMBB black
21-3/8"
B
2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
Min.
19-1/8"
B (at center)
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
A
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
33-7/8"
36" induction cooktop (in inches)
A
B (depth at sides)
B (at center)
36"
20-5/16"
20-7/8"
39
68935_GE_DG_039 39
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Electric cooktops
Digital electronic cooktop
general features
Sophisticated styling. Flat plane of smooth ceramic glass
provides a near-seamless cooking surface.
TIMER
RG
K CP
SENSORS
QCL QMPQ
Rapid Hi/Lo burner cools down up to three times faster
than an electronic standard burner. Rapid reduction in heat
helps prevent sauces from boiling over or burning.
Dual elements. Radiant heating elements with responsive
sensors accommodate small to large pans for enhanced cooking
flexibility and performance.
Full-function warmer. Positioned at center on 36" models and
right rear on 30" models, the convenient warmer offers three
warm settings, in addition to the 11 standard heat settings.
36" black digital
cooktop with stainless
steel trim
30" black digital
cooktop with stainless
steel trim
ZEU36RSFSS
ZEU30RSFSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 3-1/4 x 21-1/8
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-3/4 x 3-1/4 x 21-5/8
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
35.6
31.3
56
• Approved installation over
Monogram® wall oven or
warming drawer
30.8
26.9
43
• Approved installation over
Monogram wall oven or
warming drawer
Electric cooktop general features
Sophisticated styling. The flush, frameless design offers a
stunning look of sleek simplicity, and the surface is completely
solid for a dramatic “true black” appearance.
Cooking versatility. Elements vary from 6" to 12" in diameter
and can be expanded to suit your cooking needs.
Expandable elements. Triple-ring and bridge elements allow
you to create larger heating zones to match your cooking needs.
Cooking performance. Responsive ribbon elements allow you
to simmer and sauté precisely according to recipe. An infinite
range of heat settings leaves plenty of room for improvisation.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage,
care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
36" black electric cooktop
with stainless steel
accents, bridge and
triple-ring burner
ZEU36KSKSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 3-1/4 x 21-1/8
Amps @240VAC
208VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
40.8
35.4
45
• Requires a 50-amp circuit
40
68935_GE_DG_040 40
9/18/12 10:24 AM
monogram.com
Electrical requirements
Combination installations
Product rating is 208 or 240V, 60Hz. For 240V, connect to a
40-amp circuit; connect to a 30-amp circuit for 208V operation.
The cooktops must be connected to a supply circuit of the
proper voltage and frequency and protected by a time-delay
fuse or circuit breaker.
Consideration must be given to electrical supply locations when
the cooktop is installed with other products in the same cabinet.
Always refer to each product’s installation instructions for
clearances and electrical requirements.
6-1/4"
Front
Junction
Box
5-1/2"
All models require 5" minimum
clearance below the cooktop bottom
to combustible materials.
• Install this cooktop with any exhaust hood of the same or
greater width; 300 CFM or greater air flow rating is recommended.
• The 30" cooktop may be installed in combination with a
Monogram 30" downdraft vent. Install the 36" cooktop with
a 36" downdraft vent. See downdraft vents for details.
• A 27" warming drawer may be installed beneath a 30" digital
cooktop, and a 30" warming drawer may be installed beneath
a 36" digital cooktop.
Gas cookt ops
3-1/4"
16" Min
P rof e s s ion a l g a s ra n get ops
Advance planning for electric cooktops
• A Monogram single oven may be installed below these cooktops.
B
2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
Min.
19-5/8"
The serial plate is located on the bottom of the cooktops.
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
Product rating is 208 or 240V, 60Hz. For 240V, connect to a
50-amp circuit; connect to a 40-amp circuit for 208V operation.
The cooktop must be connected to a supply circuit of the
proper voltage and frequency and protected by a time-delay
fuse or circuit breaker.
28-1/2"
30" digital cooktop (in inches)
A
Electrical requirements
ZEU36KSKSS black electric cooktop
with stainless steel accents,
bridge and triple-ring burner
B (at center)
29-7/8" 21-5/8"
36-1/8" SS
36" B/W
21-1/4" SS
21-1/8" B
Deep at
Center
*3-1/4"
ZEU36RSFSS black electric
cooktop with stainless steel
accents, bridge and
triple-ring burner
A
19-1/8"
16" Min
2-1/2" Min.
to Front Edge
36" digital cooktop (in inches)
A
B (at center)
36-1/8" 21-1/4"
33-7/8"
33-7/8"
19-1/8"
2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
Min.
2" Min.
to Side Walls
1-3/4"
Min.
B
I ndu ction cookt ops
A
2-1/2"
Min.
to Front
Edge
Ele ctr ic c ookt ops
ZEU30RSFSS black electric
cooktop with stainless steel
accents, bridge and
triple-ring burner
Junction
Box
*3-1/4" deep at the front.
4-5/8" deep at the rear conduit
location. Requires 5" minimum
clearance below the cooktop
bottom to combustible materials.
Combination installations
Consideration must be given to electrical supply locations when
the cooktop is installed with other products in the same cabinet.
Always refer to each product’s installation instructions for
clearances and electrical requirements.
• Install this cooktop with any exhaust hood of the same
or greater width; 300 CFM or greater air flow rating is
recommended.
• The 36" cooktop may be installed with a 36" Monogram
downdraft vent. See downdraft vents for details.
41
68935_GE_DG_041 41
9/18/12 10:24 AM
Pairing hoods with cooking equipment
Monogram® hoods are designed to perfectly coordinate with Monogram ranges and cooktops. To learn which cooking products can
be combined with the hood you have selected, refer to the charts below.
Wall-mounted
ZV755SPSS
ZV750SPSS
ZV800SJSS
ZV830SMSS
ZV925SLSS
Downdraft
ZVB36STSS
ZVB30STSS
All non-pro
cooktops
All non-pro
cooktops
All 30" non-pro All non-pro
cooktops
cooktops
All 30" and 36"
cooktops and All non-pro
ranges
cooktops
All 30" and 36"
cooktops and All non-pro
ranges
cooktops
All non-pro
cooktops
Chimney
Chimney
(slide-out)
Chimney
Chimney
Chimney
Chimney
Chimney
Chimney
Telescopic
downdraft
36"
36"
30"
36"
36"
36"
42"
36"
36"/30"
460 CFM
420 CFM
490 CFM
690 CFM
1040 CFM
490 CFM
390 CFM
7.0
220/2.0
9.0
190/2.0
8.0
230/2.0
6.0
330/1.3
10.0
450/2.5
8.0
230/2.0
10.5
170/2.5
8'–10' options
8'–12' options
8'–10' 5" options No
8'–10' 4" options No
8'–10' 1" options No
8' to 10' duct
cover included;
or undercabinet
option
7'11" to 10' duct
cover included;
10' to 12' duct
cover optional
8' to 9' 5" duct
cover included;
9' 6" to 10' 5" duct
cover optional
8', 9' or 10' duct
cover included;
10' to 14' duct
cover optional
8' to 8' 7" duct
cover included;
9' to 10' 1" duct
cover optional
8'1" duct cover
included, 8'2"
or 10' duct
cover optional
8' to 9' duct
cover included;
9' 1" to 10' 1" duct Indoor remote
cover optional blower option
6" round
8" round
8" round
8" round
6" round
8" round
8" round
3-1/4" x 10" rect.
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
100'
ZV900SLSS
ZV950SDSS
Island
ZV855SPSS
ZV850SPSS
ZV1050SFSS
Installation
combinations
Style
Width
High speed
blower rating
490 CFM
350 CFM
10.0, 6.0
Sones
210/2.0,
working speed 170/1.1
Recirculating
option
8'–10' 8" options
Vented duct
cover options
8' to 9' 2" duct
cover included;
9" to 10' 3" duct
cover optional
Duct size
6" round
Equivalent
duct length
100'
Professional wall-mounted
ZV48TSFSS
ZV48SSFSS
ZV36TSFSS
ZV36SSFSS
ZV30TSFSS
ZV30SSFSS
ZV48RSFSS
ZV36RSFSS
ZV30RSFSS
All Monogram
cooktops and
ranges
All Monogram
cooktops and
ranges
Tapered
490 CFM
350 CFM
10.0, 6.0
210/2.0,
170/1.1
Professional island
Wall or island hood inserts
ZV30HSRSS
ZV42ISHSS
ZV54ISHSS
ZVC36LSS
ZVC30LSS
ZVC48LSS
ZVC42LSS
All Monogram
cooktops and
ranges
All Monogram
30" cooktops
and ranges
All 30" and 36"
cooktops
All Monogram
cooktops and
ranges
All 30" and 36"
cooktops and
ranges
All Monogram
cooktops and
ranges
Straight
Restaurant
Wall-mounted/
undercabinet
Tapered
Tapered
Insert
Insert
48"/36"/30"
48"/36"/30"
48"/36"/30"
30"
42"
54"
36"/30"
48"/42"
1090/620/620
CFM
13.0, 9.0
430/2.5
240/1.1
1090/620/620
CFM
13.0, 9.0
430/2.5
240/1.1
1090/620/620
CFM
13.0, 9.0
430/2.5
240/1.1
530 CFM
1090 CFM
1090 CFM
640 CFM
1140 CFM
9.0
240/2.0
13.0
430/2.5
13.0
430/2.5
14.0
250/3.5
16.5
490/4.0
No
No
No
Yes
No
No
No
No
Optional 6" and
12" duct covers;
stackable
Optional 6" and
12" duct covers,
standard or
full-width;
stackable
Optional 6" and
12" duct covers,
standard or
full-width;
stackable
7'11" to 8'5" duct
3-1/2 risers with cover included,
8'6" to 10'4" duct
and without
louvers included cover optional
7'11" to 8'5" duct
cover included,
8'6" to 10'4" duct
cover optional
N/A
N/A
10" round
10" round
10" round
8" round
10" round
10" round
8" round
8" round
150'
100'
150'
150'
100'
100'
Installation
combinations
Style
Width
Blower rating
Sones
working speed
Recirculating
option
Vented duct
cover options
Duct size
Equivalent
duct length
42
150'
150'
Note: Cooktop or range not to exceed vent hood width
68935_GE_DG_042 42
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Chimney hoods
monogram.com
The Home Ventilating Institute (HVI) is a third-party certification
organization focused on providing a fair and credible method
of comparing ventilation performance of similar products.
Many agencies such as ENERGY STAR® and ASHRAE utilize
HVI certification for performance assurance. All Monogram
ventilation products are certified by HVI.
Professional hoods
Some key performance criteria measured by HVI are sound
level measured in sones, high speed and working speed
measured in cubic feet per minute (cfm).
A sone is an internationally recognized measurement of sound
output. Sones translate decibel ratings into numbers that
correspond to the way people sense loudness. The lower the
sone number the quieter the sound.
Working speed is defined as the speed that produces
100 cfm, or the lowest speed above 100 cfm that a hood
can produce, when working on the same duct system as the
maximum speed.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
Custom hood inser ts
(HVI916, March 1, 2009) (http://hvi.org/faqs.html)
43
68935_GE_DG_043 43
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Chimney hoods—wall-mount
General features
Attractive design. Expertly crafted with uncompromising
attention to detail, a Monogram® hood adds a striking
architectural highlight to your kitchen.
Powerful ventilation. The variable-speed fan blower provides
the power necessary to capture the smoke and fumes
produced by high-performance cooking equipment.
Halogen lighting. Six levels of intensity are offered for
different needs, from accent to ambient settings.
36" wall-mount glass
canopy hood
36" wall-mount
vent hood
Removable filters. Filters can be easily detached from
the hood for safe cleaning in your dishwasher.
ZV900SLSS
ZV950SDSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-7/8 x 3-1/4 x 20-7/16
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-5/8 x 10 x 25
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Recirculating options for ZV750/755.
These hoods may be installed for vented or recirculating
operation. All necessary parts are included. No kits required.
ZV800, ZV830 and ZV900 models are designed to be vented
outdoors or to recirculate into the room air. (Air deflector,
charcoal filter and a reversible duct cover are packed with
models ZV800, ZV830 and ZV900.)
4.3
123
• Dual blowers
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 8'–10' ceiling duct cover
included
• Optional extension
duct covers available
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 8'–9'5" ceiling duct
cover included
• Optional extension duct
covers available
• Reversible duct cover for
vented or recirculating
installations.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
4.5
110
Monogram
-
FAN
+
-
LIGHT
+
30" wall-mount
vent hood
36" wall-mount
vent hood
36" wall-mount hood
with retractable
glass canopy
ZV830SMSS
ZV750SPSS
ZV755SPSS
ZV800SJSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-7/8 x 5-7/8 x 18-7/8
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
34-5/8 x 8-1/4 x 21-5/8
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 1-1/2 x 18-15/16
(with hood extended)
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
4.6
81
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 8'–10' ceiling duct
cover included
• Optional extension duct cover
available
• Reversible duct cover for
vented or recirculating
installations
• 6" round exhaust duct
• 8'–9' ceiling duct cover
included
• Optional extension duct
cover available
• Reversible duct cover for
vented or recirculating
installations
3.7
81
3.3
100
• 6" round exhaust duct
• 8'–10' ceiling duct cover
included
• Reversible duct cover for
vented or recirculating
installations
44
68935_GE_DG_044 44
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Wall-mount hoods
Ductwork for Z V750/755SPSS
Chimney vent hoods are available in 30" and 36" widths. All
models are supplied with a two-piece stainless steel duct cover
to conceal the ductwork running from the top of the hood to
the ceiling.
This vent hood must use 6" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
Refer to the duct fittings chart in the installation
instructions.
• The installation height should be determined in advance.
If necessary, accessories for height adjustment should be
ordered with the vent hood and be on-site at the time of
installation.
• Review the following chart to determine the need for an
accessory duct cover.
Decorative duct covers
This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover that will reach an 8' to 9' ceiling. ZX7510SPSS can be
ordered to reach 9' to 10' ceiling heights.
Duct cover accessories for vented installations
The ZV750/755 hood is designed to be
vented to the outside, but can easily
be converted for recirculating operation.
Recirculating kits are included for
this hood. These kits include charcoal
filters, an air deflector that fits over the
exhaust outlet and a vented decorative
duct cover. Kits are sized for
ceiling height.
ZV950
ZV800
Included Included
Included Included
Included Included
—
—
ZX14SDSS
—
ZV900
up to 9'5"
up to 9'5"
ZX90010*
—
—
Recirculating installation for Z V750/755SPSS
Professional hoods
Ceiling
ZV830
ZV750/
height
755
8'
Included Included
Up to 9' Included Included
Up to 10' Included ZX7510SPSS
10' to 12' ZX83012
—
10' to 14'
—
—
*ZX90010 for 9'6" up to 10'5"
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
Structural suppor t
• Final installation will be much easier if the hood is installed
before the range or cooktop below.
• Mounting templates are provided with the installation
instructions to help accurately position the hood above the
cooking surface.
Electrical requirements
These vent hoods must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
Ductwork planning
• Plan the shortest and straightest route for venting exhaust
to the outdoors.
Custom hood inser ts
• It is strongly recommended that the vent hood and duct
cover(s) if used, be on-site before final framing and wall
finishing. This will help to accurately locate the ductwork
and electrical service.
Ductwork for Z V80 0SJSS
This vent hood must use 6" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
Refer to the duct fittings chart in the installation
instructions.
Decorative duct covers
This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover that will reach an 8' to 10' ceiling. The duct covers are
reversible for recirculating operation.
Ductwork for Z V9 0 0SL SS
This vent hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration. Refer
to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
These vent hoods are heavy. Adequate structural support
must be provided. Hoods must be secured to vertical studs
in the wall or to horizontal supports.
Decorative duct covers
This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover to reach an 8' to 9'5" ceiling. ZX90010 can be ordered to
reach 9'6" to 10'5" ceiling heights. All duct covers are reversible
for recirculating operation.
• Use metal ductwork only.
• Install a wall cap or roof cap with damper at the exterior
opening. Order the wall or roof cap and any transition
needed in advance.
Ductwork for Z V950SDSS
Ductwork for Z V830SMSS
Decorative duct covers
This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover that will reach an 8' to 10' ceiling. An optional accessory,
ZX14SDSS, can be ordered to reach 10' to 14' ceiling heights.
For vented operation only.
This vent hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
Refer to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Decorative duct covers
This vent hood is supplied with a two-piece decorative duct
cover that will reach an 8' to 10' ceiling. ZX83012 can be
ordered to reach 10' to 12' ceiling heights. All duct covers are
reversible for recirculating operation.
68935_GE_DG_045 45
This vent hood must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
45
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
Product dimensions and clearances
Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any 30"
Monogram® electric cooktop or gas cooktop.
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
which accessory may be required for your installation.
10-7/8
*Height
to
Note: The supplied duct
Ceiling
cover is sized to reach
8' to 10' ceiling heights.
For ceiling heights greater
than 10' and up to 12',
order ZX83012 stainless
steel duct cover
accessory.
18-7/8
13-1/4
5-7/8
29-7/8
*The Supplied Duct Cover Fits 8' to 10' Ceiling Heights.
Installation height should be measured from the cooking
surface to the lowest part of the hood. This hood may be
installed onto a wall and vented to the outdoors, or it can
be installed for recirculating operation. All necessary parts
for recirculating operation are supplied with the hood.
No kits required.
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11348.
Actual
Possible vented
ceiling
installation
height
height*
7' 11"
24"
8' 0"
24" to 25"
8' 1"
24" to 26"
8' 2"
24" to 27"
8' 3"
24" to 28"
8' 4"
24" to 29"
8' 5" to 9' 6" 24" to 30"
9' 7"
25" to 30"
9' 8"
26" to 30"
9' 9"
27" to 30"
9' 10"
28" to 30"
9' 11"
29" to 30"
10' 0"
30"
10' 1"
10' 2"
10' 3"
10' 4"
9' 7"
24"
9' 8"
24" to 25"
9' 9"
24" to 26"
9' 10"
24" to 27"
9' 11"
24" to 28"
10' 0"
24" to 29"
10' 1"
24" to 30"
10' 2"
24" to 30"
10' 3"
24" to 30"
10' 4"
24" to 30"
10' 5"
24" to 30"
10' 6" to 11'6" 24" to 30"
11' 7"
25" to 30"
11' 8"
26" to 30"
11' 9"
27" to 30"
11' 10"
28" to 30"
11' 11"
29" to 30"
12' 0"
30"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
24" Min.
30" Max.
Possible
recirculating
installation height
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
29" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
Supplied
Model ZV830SMSS
The telescopic duct cover
conceals the ductwork
running from the top of
the hood to the ceiling.
Wall-mount ZV830 installation heights
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
Accessory ZX83012
This vent hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30" maximum
above the cooking surface. The hood installation height above
the cooking surface depends upon ceiling height.
13-1/4"
ZV830SMSS duct
cover dimensions
28-7/8"
36" Min.
25-1/8"
Note: ZX83012 accessory
consists of one 48-7/8"long duct cover.
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
10-7/8"
46
68935_GE_DG_046 46
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Product dimensions and clearances
Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any Monogram
cooktop except Professional models.
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
which accessory may be required for your installation.
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
ZV750/ZV755 installation heights
Model ZV750/755SPSS
*26-1/4" for 8' ceiling
38-1/4" for 9' ceiling
Upper (Inner) Duct Cover (B)
*Height
to Ceiling
With accessory
ZX750SPSS duct cover:
38-1/4" to 50-1/4" for
9' to 10' ceiling.
Lower (Outer) Duct Cover (A)
36" Min.
This vent hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30" maximum
above the cooking surface; 25-1/2" is recommended to insure
that the duct cover meets the ceiling. The cooking surface
should be at least 36" above the floor. Installation height must
be determined in advance. If needed, the ZX7510SPSS duct
cover accessory should be ordered with the vent hood and
be on-site at the time of installation. A mounting template is
provided with the installation instructions to help position the
hood above the cooking surface and to locate the mounting
brackets.
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X10731.
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
Custom hood inser ts
24" to 30"
7' 11"
8' 0"
8' 1"
8' 2"
8' 3"
8' 4"
8' 5"
8' 6"
8' 7"
8' 8"
8' 9"
8' 10"
8' 11"
9' 0"
9' 1"
9' 2"
9' 3"
9' 4"
9' 5"
9' 6"
9' 0"
9' 1"
9' 2"
9' 3"
9' 4"
9' 5"
9' 6"
9' 7"
9' 8"
9' 9"
9' 10"
9' 11"
10' 0"
10' 1"
10' 2"
10' 3"
10' 4"
10' 5"
10' 6"
10' 7"
10' 8"
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
21-5/8"
Recirculating
installation
height
Supplied
34-5/8" (excluding utensil rod)
35-3/4" (including utensil rod)
Vented
installation
height*
ZX7510SPSS (need accessory lower duct cover 31-1/2")
8-1/4"
Actual
ceiling
height
Professional hoods
Accessory Lower (Outer) Duct Cover (A)
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Duct Cover Dimensions
ZX7510SPSS Duct Cover
Accessor y
This accessory is available for
installation with ceiling heights
above 9' to 10' and higher. This
accessory consists of one 31-1/2"
lower duct cover.
68935_GE_DG_047 47
24-1/4"
18-1/2"
Supplied
duct cover
47
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
Product dimensions and clearances
Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any Monogram®
cooktop including a Professional 36" rangetop and a 36" or 30"
Professional range.
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
installation height and the need for a duct cover accessory.
Model ZV950SDSS
*24-1/2" for 8' ceiling
36-1/2" for 9' ceiling
36" to 44" for 9' to 10'
ceiling. (For ceilings between
9'6" and 10', mount the
hood 30" above the
cooking surface.)
*Height
to Ceiling
10"
25"
35-5/8"
Note: The supplied two-piece duct cover is adjustable to
fit 8' to 10' ceilings. For ceiling heights greater than 10'
and up to 14', order ZX14SDSS stainless steel duct cover
accessory.
The distance between the cooking surface and the bottom
of the hood should be:
25-1/2" maximum for 8' ceiling height.
25-1/2" to 30" for 9' ceiling height.
30" minimum for 10' ceiling height.
ZV950SDSS installation heights
Actual
ceiling height
Possible hood
installation
height*
Duct
cover
accessory
7' 11"
8' 0"
8' 1"
8' 2"
8' 3"
8' 4"
8' 5"
8' 6"
8' 7"
8' 8"
8' 9"
8' 10"
8' 11"
9' 0"
9' 1"
9' 2"
9' 3"
9' 4"
9' 5"
9' 6"
9' 7"
9' 8"
9' 9"
9' 10"
9' 11"
10' 0"—14" 0"
24-1/2"
25-1/2"
25-1/2" to 26-1/2"
25-1/2" to 27-1/2"
25-1/2" to 28-1/2"
25-1/2" to 29-1/2"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
25-1/2" to 30"
26-1/2" to 30"
26-1/2" to 30"
26-1/2" to 30"
26-1/2" to 30"
26-1/2" to 30"
30" minimum
30" minimum
30" minimum
30" minimum
30" minimum
30" minimum
30" minimum
ZX14SDSS
Supplied
This vent hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30" maximum
above the cooking surface. The hood installation height, from
the cooktop surface to the bottom of the hood, depends upon
ceiling height.
*Based on 36" countertop height.
ZV950DSS duct
cover dimensions
ZX14DSS duct
cover dimensions
Installation
Height Depending
on Ceiling Height
36" Min.
Plan the installation height carefully to avoid unsightly gaps
above the hood. A mounting template is provided with the
installation instructions to help position the hood above the
cooking surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
Note: Install the hood 30" minimum above the cooking
surface over a Professional range or rangetop.
Installation over a professional range
or rangetop
48
The ZV950 hood must be installed 30" minimum above the
cooking surface of a Professional range or rangetop.
The ceiling height must be at least 8'5" for this installation
combination.
68935_GE_DG_048 48
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Product dimensions and clearances
Determine installation height
This vent hood can be installed for vented or recirculating
operation. It can be installed over any 30" or 36" Monogram
cooktop (except Professional models).
Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
depending on your ceiling height.
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
Wall-mount ZV800 installation heights
Venting and recirculating
wall-mount installations
The vent hood must be
installed 24" minimum to
30" maximum above the
standard 36" countertop.
The hood installation height,
from the cooking surface to
the bottom of the hood,
depends on the ceiling height.
Vented or recirculating
installations in a cabinet
Possible recirculating
installation
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
Professional hoods
The canopy extends
forward 5-7/8".
Actual ceiling
Possible vented
height
installation height*
7' 11"
24" to 27"
8' 0"
24" to 28"
8' 1"
24" to 30"
8' 2"
24" to 30"
8' 3"
24" to 30"
8' 4"
24" to 30"
8' 5"
24" to 30"
8' 6"
24" to 30"
8' 7"
24" to 30"
8' 8"
24" to 30"
8' 9"
24" to 30"
8' 10"
24" to 30"
8' 11"
24" to 30"
9' 0"
24" to 30"
9' 1"
24" to 30"
9' 2"
24" to 30"
9' 3"
24" to 30"
9' 4"
24" to 30"
9' 5"
24" to 30"
9' 6"
24" to 30"
9' 7"
25" to 30"
9' 8"
26" to 30"
9' 9"
27" to 30"
9' 10"
28" to 30"
9' 11"
29" to 30"
10' 0"
30"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Custom hood inser ts
ZV800SJSS, Stainless steel
Telescoping duct covers
are provided to reach
8' to 10' ceiling heights.
The vent hood height must
be at least 24" minimum above
the standard 36" countertop.
• In both vented and
recirculating installations,
the cabinet must measure
at least 20" from the bottom
frame to the inside top.
Louver at top of cabinet
in this example
A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
• The cabinet must be at
least 12" deep. The hood
housing will occupy the
interior cabinet space.
ZV800SJSS duct cover dimensions
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11343.
Recirculating installation
• The exhaust must be returned to the kitchen; it cannot exit
inside the cabinet.
• The exhaust can be directed through the soffit or upper
cabinet to a vent opening with a minimum of 28 square
inches or 6" round. A customer-supplied decorative louver
should be installed.
• The exhaust, either exposed or hidden, should be directed
away from other cabinet surfaces.
68935_GE_DG_049 49
49
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Advance planning for chimney hoods—wall-mount
Product dimensions and clearances
Determine installation height
This glass canopy hood can be installed over any 30" or 36"
Monogram® cooktop (except Professional models).
Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
depending on your ceiling height.
*Height
to
Ceiling
20-7/16"
3-1/4"
35-7/8"
NOTE: Measure
installation height
from the cooking
surface to the
outer glass portion
of the hood.
24" Min.
30" Max.
36" Min.
• The vent hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30"
maximum above the cooking surface. The hood installation
height above the cooking surface depends upon the ceiling
height.
• The cooking surface should be at least 36" above the floor.
• This hood can be installed for recirculating operation.
No kits required.
A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
Duct cover
accessory
Supplied
*The supplied duct
cover is sized to
fit 8' to 9'5" ceiling
heights. For 9'6"
to 10'5" ceilings,
order ZX90010.
Wall-mount ZV900 installation heights
Actual
Possible vented
Possible
ceiling
installation
recirculating
height
height*
installation*
7' 11"
24" to 26"
24" to 25"
8' 0"
24" to 27"
24" to 26"
8' 1"
24" to 28"
24" to 27"
8' 2"
24" to 29"
24" to 28"
8' 3"
24" to 30"
24" to 29"
8' 4"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 5"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 6"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 7"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 8"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 9"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 10"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
8' 11"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 0"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 1"
26" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 2"
27" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 3"
28" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 4"
29" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 5"
30"
24" to 30"
9' 6"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 7"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 8"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 9"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 10"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
9' 11"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
10' 0"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
10' 1"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
10' 2"
25" to 30"
24" to 30"
10' 3"
26" to 30"
25" to 30"
10' 4"
27" to 30"
26" to 30"
10' 5"
28" to 30"
27" to 30"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Accessory ZX90010
Model ZV900SLSS
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11284.
ZV900SLSS duct cover dimensions
NOTE: ZX90010 accessory consists of one 40"-long duct cover.
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
50
68935_GE_DG_050 50
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Chimney hoods
Chimney hoods—islands
General features
Attractive design. Expertly crafted with uncompromising
attention to detail, a Monogram hood adds a striking
architectural highlight to your kitchen.
Halogen lighting. Six levels of intensity are offered for
different needs, from accent to ambient settings.
36" island vent hood
Removable filters. Filters can be easily detached from
the hood for safe cleaning in your dishwasher.
36" island glass canopy
vent hood
ZV850SPSS/ZV855SPSS
ZV925SLSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-3/8 x 8-1/4 x 27-1/2
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-7/8 x 3-3/4 x 27-9/16
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Recirculating options. An optional vent hood kit for
recirculating operation can be installed on the ZV850.
Model ZV925 is designed to be vented outdoors or to
recirculate into the room air.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
2.7
81
• 6" round exhaust duct
• Required duct covers must be
ordered separately
• Reversible duct cover for vented
or recirculating installation
Professional hoods
Monogram
4.6
146
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 8'–9' duct cover included
• Optional extension duct
covers available
• Reversible duct cover for
vented or recirculating
installation
Custom hood inser ts
Powerful ventilation. The variable-speed fan blower provides
the power necessary to capture the smoke and fumes
produced by high-performance cooking equipment.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
42 " island vent hood
ZV1050SFSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
42 x 10 x 31-1/2
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
6.7
150
• Dual blowers
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 8' ceiling duct cover
included
• Optional extension
duct covers available
51
68935_GE_DG_051 51
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Advance planning for chimney hoods—island
Stainless steel island hoods
Ductwork for Z V850/855SPSS
Chimney vent hoods are available in 42" and 36" widths.
This vent hood must use 6" round duct.
• Duct cover accessories to meet ceiling heights are required
for the ZV850 island hood. One accessory must be ordered
with the vent hood.
• Plan the shortest and straightest route for venting exhaust
to the outdoors.
• The ZV925, ZV850 and ZV855 vent hoods are supplied with a
two-piece decorative duct cover to reach an 8' to 9' ceiling.
An optional duct cover accessory is available for 9'1" to 10'1"
ceiling heights.
• For satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed
100 feet equivalent length for any duct configuration. Refer
to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
• The ZV1050 hood is supplied with a duct cover for an 8'
ceiling height (7'11" to 8'1"). Optional duct cover accessories
are available for 9' and 10' ceiling heights.
• The installation height must be determined in advance for
island chimney hood models.
• All duct cover accessories must be ordered with the vent
hood and be on-site at the time of installation.
• Review the following chart to determine the appropriate
accessory duct cover.
Required duct cover accessories for vented installations
Ceiling height
8'
Up to 9'
Up to 10'
ZV850/ZV855
Included
Included
ZV8510SPSS
ZV925
Included
Included
ZX92510
ZV1050
Included
ZX1059SFSS
ZX10510SFSS
Structural suppor t
These vent hoods are heavy. Adequate structural support
must be provided. Hoods must be secured to cross-framing
positioned between ceiling joists.
• Use metal ductwork only.
• Install a wall cap or roof cap with damper at the exterior
opening. Order the wall or roof cap and any transition
needed in advance.
Ductwork for Z V925SL SS
This vent hood must use 8" round duct.
• Plan the shortest and straightest route for venting exhaust
to the outdoors.
• Use metal ductwork only.
• For satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed
100 feet equivalent length for any duct configuration. Refer
to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Ductwork for Z V1050SFSS
This vent hood must use 8" round duct.
• Plan the shortest and straightest route for venting exhaust
to the outdoors.
• Use metal ductwork only.
• The vent hood and duct cover(s) must be on-site before final
framing and wall finishing. This will help to accurately locate
the ductwork and electrical service.
• For satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed
100 feet equivalent length for any duct configuration. Refer
to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
• Final installation will be much easier if the hood is installed
before the range or cooktop below.
• Install a wall cap or roof cap with damper at the exterior
opening. Order the wall or roof cap and any transition
needed in advance.
• Mounting templates are provided with the installation
instructions to help accurately position the hood on the
ceiling above the cooking surface.
Electrical requirements
These vent hoods must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
• The junction box is located on top of the hood. Route the
wiring as close to the installation as possible through the
ceiling. Refer to the installation instructions for details.
Recirculating installation
The ZV850/855 hood is designed to be vented to the outside,
but it can easily be converted for recirculating operation.
Recirculating kits are included for the ZV850/855 hood. These
kits include charcoal filters, a support frame with air deflector
and a vented decorative duct cover
to complete the installation. Kits are
sized for ceiling height.
The ZV925SLSS is designed for either
vented or recirculating operation. All
necessary parts are included.
The ZV1050 is not convertible to
recirculating operation.
52
68935_GE_DG_052 52
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Product dimensions and clearances
Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any Monogram®
cooktop except Professional models. Accessories to meet
correct ceiling heights are required.
A duct cover accessory is required for all ceiling heights.
Use this chart to determine the correct duct cover accessory
for 8' to 10' ceilings that must be ordered with the hood.
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for chimney hoods—island
36" Min.
This vent hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30" maximum
above the cooking surface; 25-1/2" is recommended to ensure
that the duct cover meets the ceiling. The cooking surface
should be at least 36" above the floor.
A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X10731.
Professional hoods
Lower duct 26 -1/4"
Upper duct 26 -1/4"
Upper frame 31"
Supplied lower frame
Lower duct 18"
Upper duct 18"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Duct Cover Dimensions
ZX8510SPSS Duct Cover
Accessor y
This accessory is available for
installation with ceiling heights
above 8'7" to 10' and higher.
This accessory consists of two
26-1/4" duct covers and a 31"
upper support frame piece.
9-7/16"
20-3/4"
20-3/4"
Supplied
duct cover
15-3/4"
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
68935_GE_DG_053 53
Custom hood inser ts
24" to 30"
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
27-1/2"
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
24" to 29"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
24" to 30"
25" to 30"
25" to 30"
26" to 30"
27" to 30"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
ZX8510SPSS – accessory duct covers
35-3/8" (excluding utensil rods)
36-1/2" (including utensil rods)
24"
24" to 25"
24" to 26"
24" to 27"
24" to 28"
27" to 29"
28" to 30"
29" to 30"
30"
ZX8510SPSS – accessory upper frame
8-1/4"
7' 11"
8' 0"
8' 1"
8' 2"
8' 3"
8' 4"
8' 5"
8' 6"
8' 7"
8' 8"
8' 9"
8' 10"
8' 11"
8' 7"
8' 8"
8' 9"
8' 10"
8' 11"
9' 0"
9' 1"
9' 2"
9' 3"
9' 4"
9' 5"
9' 6"
9' 7"
9' 8"
9' 9"
9' 10"
9' 11"
10' 0"
10' 1"
10' 2"
10' 3"
10' 4"
Possible
recirculating
installation
height
Supplied duct covers
Ceiling
height
Possible vented
installation
height*
Supplied frame
*Height
to Ceiling
Lower frame 20 -3/4"
Lower frame 20 -3/4"
ZV850/ZV855 installation heights
Model ZV850/855SPSS
*50-1/8" for 10' ceiling using
ZX8510SPSS accessory
53
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Advance planning for chimney hoods—island
Product dimensions and clearances
Determine installation height
This glass canopy hood can be installed over any Monogram®
cooktop (except Professional models).
Use this chart to accurately determine installation height,
depending on your ceiling height.
NOTE: Measure
installation height
from the cooking
surface to the outer
glass portion of
the hood.
2-3/4"
35-7/8"
24" Min.
30" Max.
36" Min.
• This hood must be installed 24" minimum to 30" maximum
above the cooking surface. The cooking surface should be at
least 36" above the floor.
Important
• The hood installation height depends on the ceiling
height. Use the chart shown to determine the EXACT
installation height.
• Duct cover side trim pieces are provided and must be used
to cover installation screws. They are sized to fit the specific
installation heights shown in the chart.
• This hood can be installed for recirculating operation.
No kits required.
A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
ZV925SLSS duct cover dimensions
14"
Side
Trim
Side
Trim
23-1/4"
NOTE: ZX92510 accessory
consists of one 36-3/4"-long
duct cover.
Mounting
frame
height
30-1/2"
30-1/2"
34-1/2"
30-1/2"
34-1/2"
30-1/2"
34-1/2"
30-1/2"
34-1/2"
38-1/2"
34-1/2"
38-1/2"
34-1/2"
38-1/2"
34-1/2"
38-1/2"
42-1/2"
38-1/2"
42-1/2"
38-1/2"
42-1/2"
38-1/2"
42-1/2"
46-1/2"
42-1/2"
46-1/2"
42-1/2"
46-1/2"
42-1/2"
46-1/2"
50-1/2"
46-1/2"
50-1/2"
46-1/2"
50-1/2"
46-1/2"
50-1/2"
54-1/2"
50-1/2"
54-1/2"
50-1/2"
54-1/2"
50-1/2"
54-1/2"
54-1/2"
Duct cover
accessory
Supplied duct covers
*The supplied duct
*Height
cover is sized to
to
fit 8' to 9' ceiling
Ceiling
heights.
For 9'1" to 10'1"
ceilings, order
ZX92510.
27-9/16"
ZV925 installation heights
Hood
Possible
installation
ceiling height height*
7' 11"
25"
8' 0"
27"
8' 1"
24"
8' 1"
28"
8' 2"
25"
8' 2"
29"
8' 3"
26"
8' 3"
30"
8' 4"
27"
8' 5"
24"
8' 5"
28"
8' 6"
25"
8' 6"
29"
8' 7"
26"
8' 7"
30"
8' 8"
27"
8' 9"
24"
8' 9"
28"
8' 10"
25"
8' 10"
29"
8' 11"
26"
8' 11"
30"
9' 0"
27"
9' 1"
24"
9' 1"
28"
9' 2"
25"
9' 2"
29"
9' 3"
26"
9' 3"
30"
9' 4"
27"
9' 5"
24"
9' 5"
28"
9' 6"
25"
9' 6"
29"
9' 7"
26"
9' 7"
30"
9' 8"
27"
9' 9"
24"
9' 9"
28"
9' 10"
25"
9' 10"
29"
9' 11"
26"
9' 11"
30"
10' 0"
27"
10' 1"
28"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Accessory ZX92510
Model ZV925SLSS
Charcoal filter replacements are available from your dealer or
by calling 800.626.2002. Order catalog number WB02X11284.
24-3/4"
12-3/16"
54
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
68935_GE_DG_054 54
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Product dimensions and clearances
Using duct cover accessories
This stainless steel hood can be installed over any 30" or 36"
Monogram cooktop or range, including professional models.
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
the need for a duct cover accessory.
42"
This vent hood is supplied with a decorative duct cover to
reach 8' ceiling height, or between 7'11" and 8'1".
*30"
Recommended
36" Min.
*9' to 10' ceilings may be 25-1/2" to 30" clearance.
Professional hoods
31-1/2"
Supplied
Custom hood inser ts
10"
Duct cover
accessory
10-3/4"
ZV1050 duct cover dimensions
This vent hood must be installed 25-1/2" minimum to 30"
maximum above the cooking surface.
Accessory
A
Supplied
11-1/2"
12"
The distance between the cooking surface and the bottom of the
hood must be at least 25-1/2". The 30" recommended installation
height above the standard 36" countertop will ensure duct
cover fit to the ceiling. For 9' and 10' ceiling heights, the hood
may be lowered to 25-1/2" over the cooking surface.
ZX1059SFSS
19"
20"
ZX10510SFSS
25"
26"
B
The serial plate is located behind the
removable filters.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
32" for 9' ceiling using
ZX1059SFSS accessory
44" for 10' ceiling using
ZX10510SFSS accessory
ZV10S0SFSS installation heights
Possible hood
Actual
installation
ceiling height height*
7' 11"
29"
8' 0"
30"
8' 1"
30"
8' 2"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 3"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 3"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 4"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 5"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 6"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 7"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 8"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 9"
25-1/2" to 30"
8' 10"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 0"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 1"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 2"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 3"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 4"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 5"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 6"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 6"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 7"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 8"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 9"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 10"
25-1/2" to 30"
9' 11"
25-1/2" to 30"
10' 0"
25-1/2" to 30"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Accessory ZX1059SFSS
*Height
to Ceiling
Accessory ZX10510SFSS
Model ZV1050SFSS
*20" for 8' ceiling using
supplied duct cover
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for chimney hoods—island
16"
• When installing this island hood above a Monogram
professional range or rangetop, installation clearance must
be at least 30".
A mounting template is provided with the installation
instructions to help position the hood above the cooking
surface and to locate the mounting brackets.
Important: Clearances may vary due to type of cooking
product and local codes. Check with local inspectors to be
sure the standard is applicable.
55
68935_GE_DG_055 55
9/18/12 10:22 AM
Professional hoods
ON/OFF
48", 36" and 30"
restaurant-style hoods
48", 36" and 30"
tapered-sided hoods
48", 36" and 30"
straight-sided hoods
30" under- cabinet
hood
ZV48RSFSS, ZV36RSFSS and
ZV30RSFSS
ZV48TSFSS, ZV36TSFSS and
ZV30TSFSS
ZV48SSFSS, ZV36SSFSS and
ZV30SSFSS
ZV30HSRSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 22-1/2 x 25
36 x 22-1/2 x 25
30 x 22-1/2 x 25
Amps @ 110 Volts 12.4/6.4/6.4
Approx. shipping
wt. (lbs.)
130/110/100
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 18 x 25
36 x 18 x 25
30 x 18 x 25
Amps @ 110 Volts 12.4/6.4/6.4
Approx. shipping
wt. (lbs.)
130/110/100
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 18 x 25
36 x 18 x 25
30 x 18 x 25
Amps @ 110 Volts 12.4/6.4/6.4
Approx. shipping
wt. (lbs.)
130/110/100
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
30 x 10-1/2 x 25
Amps @ 120 Volts
Approx. shipping
wt. (lbs.)
• 10" round exhaust duct
• Exhaust damper
• Snap-in blower assembly
• 6" and 12" standard or
full-width stackable duct
covers (order separately)
• Stainless steel backsplash
included
• Warming shelf included
• 10" round exhaust duct
• Exhaust damper
• Snap-in blower assembly
• 6" and 12" standard-width
stackable duct covers (order
separately)
• 10" round exhaust duct
• Exhaust damper
• Snap-in blower assembly
• 6" and 12" standard- or
full-width stackable duct
covers (order separately)
• 8" round exhaust duct
• 3-1/2" louvered or
non-louvered riser (included)
• Recirculating option will
require the use of the 3-1/2"
louvered riser.
3.3
90
General features
Professional styling. Crafted of premium-grade stainless steel, with every edge buffed by hand,
Monogram® Professional hoods make a compelling statement of quality and refinement.
Powerful ventilation. A powerful centrifugal blower and variable-speed control keep your kitchen
free of fumes and excess heat.
Infrared warming lamps. Powerful infrared lamps on wall-mounted hoods cast a warm glow over
the cooking surface, while generating the heat necessary to keep baked goods at ready-to-serve
temperatures.
Brilliant task lighting. Halogen lights illuminate the cooktop surface below and can be adjusted to
complement the dining occasion.
Removable filters. During ventilation, stainless steel filters trap airborne grease particles, and can
be easily removed for safe cleaning in your dishwasher.
For additional details on product installation, warranty coverage, care and maintenance, visit
monogram.com.
54" and 42 "
island hoods
ZV54ISHSS and ZV42ISHSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
54 x 24 x 36-1/4
42 x 20 x 31-1/2
Amps @ 120 Volts
Approx. shipping
wt. (lbs.)
10.4/9.5
210/170
• 10" round exhaust duct
• 8' ceiling duct cover and
support (included)
• Optional 9'–10' ceiling duct
cover and support available
56
68935_GE_DG_056 56
9/18/12 10:22 AM
monogram.com
Professional vent hoods
Ductwork planning
Restaurant-style, tapered- and straight-sided hoods
Select a Professional hood with straight or tapered sides, or a
dramatic restaurant-style hood to match the width of the range,
rangetop or cooktop. All Professional hoods are available in 48",
36" and 30" widths.
Restaurant-style, tapered- and straight-sided hoods
These vent hoods are equipped for 10" round ductwork. For best
performance, use 10" round ductwork on the 48"-wide hoods.
36" and 30" hoods may be transitioned to 8" round.
• Hoods may be vented vertically through upper cabinets, soffit
or ceiling. The blower outlet is 8-1/8" x 8". A duct transition to
10" round with damper is supplied for vertical exhaust. Use
locally supplied elbows to vent horizontally.
• Use metal ductwork only.
Under-cabinet hoods
These vent hoods are designed to be installed onto a wall or
beneath a soffit or cabinet.
• For satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed 150
feet equivalent length for any duct configuration. Refer
to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
• Install these hoods 24" minimum to 36" maximum above the
cooking surface.
• Install a wall cap or roof cap with damper at the exterior
opening. Order the wall or roof cap and any transition needed
in advance.
Island hoods
Both models are shipped with a support frame and duct cover
for ceiling heights of 7'11" up to 8'5".
• Accessories are available to reach ceiling heights from
8'6" to 10'4". These accessories include telescoping support
frames and decorative covers.
• Optional accessories must be ordered with the hood and be
on-site before final framing and wall finishing.
• A mounting template is provided with each hood to help
accurately locate the hood above the cooking surface and to
locate the mounting frame and screws.
• For a finished appearance, a top cover is supplied with both
hoods. Install the top cover whenever the top of the hood will
be visible.
Structural suppor t
Restaurant-style, tapered- and straight-sided hoods
All Professional hoods weigh over 100 pounds; therefore adequate
structural support must be provided. Hoods must be secured to
vertical studs or to studs in the soffit.
• It is strongly recommended that the vent hood and duct
cover(s) if used, be on-site before final framing and wall
finishing. This will help to accurately locate the ductwork
and electrical service.
• Final installation will be much easier if the hood is installed
before the range, rangetop or cooktop underneath.
Island hoods
These vent hoods are heavy. Adequate structural support must
be provided. The ceiling structure must be capable of supporting
the weight of the hood and any inadvertent user contact loads
(approximately 300 lbs.).
68935_GE_DG_057 57
Under-cabinet hoods
• This vent hood is designed to be installed beneath a cabinet
or beneath a cabinet mounted to a soffit.
Custom hood inser ts
This vent hood can be installed over any 30" Monogram
Professional rangetops or ranges.
Professional hoods
• Plan the shortest and straightest route for venting exhaust to
the outdoors.
• This hood is designed for 8" round ducting. The 8" round duct
can transition to 3-1/4" x 10" or 3-1/4" x 12".
• Recirculating option requires the use of 3-1/2" louvered riser.
• Plan the route for venting exhaust to the outdoors
considering any transitions you may require.
• Use locally supplied ducting to vent horizontally through the
rear wall or vertically through the ceiling.
• Use the shortest and straightest duct route possible. For
satisfactory performance, duct run should not exceed 100'
equivalent length for any duct configurations.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
• All models can be installed onto a wall or beneath a soffit.
Decorative duct covers are available for all models. The duct
cover conceals the ductwork running from the top of the hood
to the ceiling or soffit. Duct covers are available in 6" or 12"
heights. Stack one or more duct covers to reach your ceiling
height.
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for professional hoods
• Refer to “Duct Fittings” chart to compute the maximum
permissible length for duct runs to the outdoors.
• Install a wall or roof cap with damper at the exterior opening.
Order the wall or roof cap and any transition and length of
duct needed in advance from a local hardware store.
• Determine the exact location of the vent hood.
• Wall or ceiling duct must be projected out at least 1" for duct
connection.
• For better air flow results, use rigid metal ductwork.
Ductwork planning for recirculation mode
All parts are included to install in recirculation mode.
Mounting for adequate support
• The hood must be secured to vertical studs in the wall. See
the Wall or Ceiling and Cabinet Preparation section for vented
or recirculation installation.
• We strongly recommend that the vent hood be on-site to
accurately locate the ductwork and electrical service.
• Installation will be easier if the vent hood is installed before
the cooktop and countertop are installed.
57
9/18/12 10:23 AM
Advance planning for professional hoods
to the rear knockout and junction box.
Island hoods
These vent hoods are equipped for 10" round rigid metal duct.
Maximum equivalent duct length is 150 ft. Install a roof cap
with damper at the exterior opening.
• The exact location for the house wiring depends on the
installation height and size of the hood. See installation
instructions for details.
Electrical requirements
• On wall-mounted hoods, the junction box is fastened to the
back of the hood on the right side. If necessary, the junction
box can be relocated to the top of the hood.
These vent hoods must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual, properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
• On island hoods, the junction box is located on the top of the
hood and is concealed by ductwork.
• On wall-mounted hoods, the back side is recessed, providing
a large area for the house wiring to exit the wall and be routed
Restaurant-style hood dimensions
12"
12"
47-15/16"
12"
35-15/16"
10"
10"
22-1/2"
22-1/2"
25"
29-15/16"
47-15/16"
22-1/2"
35-15/16"
25"
ZV48RSFSS
10"
29-15/16"
25"
ZV36RSFSS
ZV30RSFSS
Straight-sided hood dimensions
12"
12"
47-15/16"
18"
12"
35-15/16"
18"
25"
47-15/16"
18"
25"
35-15/16"
ZV48SSFSS
Tapered-sided hood dimensions
12"
29-15/16"
25"
ZV36SSFSS
29-15/16"
ZV30SSFSS
Under- cabinet hood dimensions
40"
12"
30"
3-1/2"
18"
10-1/2"
25"
47-15/16"
ZV48TSFSS
12"
ZV30HSRSS
with louvered riser
28"
Island hood dimensions
14"
16"
18"
25-3/4"
33"
9"*
5"*
25"
35-15/16"
ZV36TSFSS
12"
22"
20"
24"
18"
36-1/4"
25"
58
68935_GE_DG_058 58
29-15/16"
ZV30TSFSS
54"
Model ZV54ISHSS supplied duct cover
dimensions: 20-1/4"W x 12"D x 5"H
31-3/4"
42"
*9" for ceiling heights of 7'11" to 8'5" using the
supplied support frame and duct cover
Model ZV42ISHSS supplied duct cover
dimensions: 16"W x 12"D x 9"H
9/18/12 10:23 AM
monogram.com
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for professional hoods
Installation height requirements
Restaurant-style hoods
Determine bottom of hood location (Dim. A) by subtracting
12-1/2" from the desired installation height.
Note: Exact installation height
is affected by the use of the
supplied warming shelf and
by the use of duct covers.
Under-cabinet hood
This vent hood can be installed for vented or recirculating
operation. It can be installed over a Monogram® 30" gas,
digital or induction cooktop, and 30" Monogram Professional
range. Installation height should measured as shown below.
Installation
Height
30" Min.
36" Max.
32" Min.
38" Max.
24" Min.
36" Max.
Note: Clearances may vary due to type of cooking product
and local codes. Check with local inspectors to be sure
standard is applicable.
Custom hood inser ts
Restaurant-style hoods are supplied with a stainless steel
backsplash and a warming shelf. Install the hood with or
without either. Clearances to the cooking surface will vary
depending upon use of the warming shelf.
Professional hoods
Dim. A
Note: Installation height should be measured from the
cooking surface to the lowest part of the hood.
Installation with supplied
warming shelf
Install the hood 32"
minimum to 38" maximum
above any type cooking
surface when the warming
shelf is used.
If you are installing the hood above a gas or electric drop-in
style cooktop, the hood may be installed as low as 24" above
the cooking surface.
Tapered- and straight-sided hoods
Install these vent hoods 30" minimum to 36" maximum
above the cooking surface of any Professional range or
rangetop. If you intend to install the hood above a gas or
electric drop-in style cooktop, the hood may be installed as
low as 24" above the cooking surface.
Note: Exact installation height
may be determined by use of
one or more duct covers.
8 ft. Ceiling
8 ft. Ceiling
9" Supplied
Duct Cover
5" Supplied
Duct Cover
31"
31"
ZV42I
ZV54I
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
Installation without
warming shelf
Install these vent hoods 30"
minimum to 36" maximum
above the cooking surface of
any Professional-style range
or rangetop.
Island hoods
These vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to 36"
maximum above the cooking surface—regardless of ceiling
height. Therefore, installation height of the hood depends
on the exact ceiling height of the kitchen.
Example: Hood installation height with 8' ceilings.
• If the ceiling height is 7'11", the hood installation height
above the cooking surface will be 30".
• If the ceiling height is 8'5", the hood installation height
above the cooking surface will be 36".
30" MIN.
36" MAX.
59
68935_GE_DG_059 59
9/18/12 10:23 AM
Advance planning for professional hoods
Duct Cover(s)
10" Hood
Height
Duct cover accessories
Standard duct covers
Standard duct covers are for Professional restaurant-style,
tapered- and straight-sided hoods. Available in 6" and 12"
heights, duct covers may be stacked in various combinations
to conceal the ductwork running from the top of the hood.
To avoid unsightly gaps above the hood, plan the hood
installation height with consideration to duct cover use.
12" Duct Cover
6" Duct Cover
Hood
6" duct
cover
12" duct
cover
ZV48
ZX48DC6 ZX48DC12
ZV36, ZV30 ZX36DC6 ZX36DC12
6H or 12H x 19-11/16W x 11-7/8D
6H or 12H x 15-3/4W x 11-7/8D
Restaurant-style hoods
These vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to 36"
maximum above the standard 36"-high cooking surface.
When installed with the warming shelf, allow 32" minimum to
38" maximum clearance. The exact hood installation height is
determined by the ceiling height.
1. Measure the exact ceiling height.
2. Review the chart at right to determine the range of hood
installation heights that can be accomplished with a 6"
or 12" duct cover accessory.
• Increase or decrease hood installation height to
accommodate the fixed 6" or 12" duct cover heights.
• Duct covers may be stacked, in various combinations,
to reach ceiling heights.
68935_GE_DG_060 60
30" Min.
36" Max.
Ceiling
Height
to Floor
32" Min.
38" Max.
Ceiling
Height
to Floor
Note: When determining the installation height, consideration
must be given to the use of the warming shelf.
Using duct cover accessories
Dimensions (in inches)
Installation height requirements
60
Duct Cover(s)
10" Hood
Height
One or more duct cover accessories may be required for your
hood installation height. Use this chart to determine the size
and number of duct cover accessories required depending on
the use of the supplied warming shelf.
Restaurant-style hoods
without warming shelf
installed
Restaurant-style hoods
with warming shelf
installed
Possible
Possible
Duct
Duct
Actual
hood
hood
cover
cover
ceiling
installation
installation
height
height*
6"
12" height*
6"
12"
7' 11"
31"
1
1
37"
1
8' 0"
32"
1
1
32"
1
1
8' 0"
38"
1
8' 1"
33"
1
1
33"
1
1
8' 2"
34"
1
1
34"
1
1
8' 3"
35"
1
1
35"
1
1
8' 4"
30"
2
8' 4"
36"
1
1
36"
1
1
8' 5"
31"
2
37"
1
1
8' 6"
32"
2
32"
2
8' 6"
38"
1
1
8' 7"
33"
2
33"
2
8' 8"
34"
2
34"
2
8' 9"
35"
2
35"
2
8' 10"
30"
1
2
8' 10"
36"
2
36"
2
8' 11"
31"
1
2
37"
2
9' 0"
32"
1
2
32"
1
2
9' 0"
38"
2
9' 1"
33"
1
2
33"
1
2
9' 2"
34"
1
2
34"
1
2
9' 3"
35"
1
2
35"
1
2
9' 4"
30"
3
9' 4"
36"
1
2
36"
1
2
9' 5"
31"
3
37"
1
2
9' 6"
32"
3
32"
3
9' 6"
38"
1
2
9' 7"
33"
3
33"
3
9' 8"
34"
3
34"
3
9' 9"
35"
3
35"
3
9' 10"
30"
1
3
9' 10"
36"
3
36"
3
9' 11"
31"
1
3
37"
3
10' 0"
32"
1
3
32"
1
3
10' 0"
38"
3
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Note: Additional duct covers may be used to reach higher ceilings.
9/18/12 10:23 AM
monogram.com
Installation height requirements
Using duct cover accessories
Tapered- and straight-sided hoods
These vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to 36"
maximum above the standard 36"-high cooking surface.
The exact hood installation height is determined by the
ceiling height.
One or more duct cover accessories may be required
for your hood installation height. Use this chart to
determine the size, number or combination of duct cover
accessories required.
• Duct covers may be stacked, in various combinations,
to reach ceiling heights.
Duct Covers
18" Hood
Height
Ceiling Height
to Floor
Installation Height
Actual
Possible hood
ceiling
installation
height
height*
7' 11"
35"
8' 0"
30"
8' 0"
36"
8' 1"
31"
8' 2"
32"
8' 3"
33"
8' 4"
34"
8' 5"
35"
8' 6"
30"
8' 6"
36"
8' 7"
31"
8' 8"
32"
8' 9"
33"
8' 10"
34"
8' 11"
35"
9' 0"
30"
9' 0"
36"
9' 1"
31"
9' 2"
32"
9' 3"
33"
9' 4"
34"
9' 5"
35"
9' 6"
30"
9' 6"
36"
9' 7"
31"
9' 8"
32"
9' 9"
33"
9' 10"
34"
9' 11"
35"
10' 0"
30"
10' 0"
36"
10' 1"
31"
10' 2"
32"
10' 3"
33"
10' 4"
34"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
Note: Additional duct covers may be used to reach higher ceilings.
Professional hoods
• Increase or decrease hood installation height to
accommodate the fixed 6" or 12" duct cover heights.
Straight-sided
hoods only
with full-width
duct cover
Duct
cover
6"
12"
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
Custom hood inser ts
2. Review the chart at right to determine the range of hood
installation heights that can be accomplished with a 6" or
12" duct cover accessory.
Tapered- or
straight-sided
hoods with
standard
duct cover
Duct
cover
6"
12"
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
3
3
3
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
1. Measure the exact ceiling height.
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for professional hoods
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
61
68935_GE_DG_061 61
9/18/12 10:23 AM
Advance planning for professional island hoods
Installation height requirements
Using duct cover accessories
These vent hoods must be installed 30" minimum to 36"
maximum above the standard 36"-high cooking surface.
The exact hood installation height is determined by the
ceiling height.
A duct cover accessory may be required for your hood
installation height. Use this chart to accurately determine
the need for a duct cover accessory.
20" for ZV42I
24" for ZV54I
30" Min. and 36" Max.
Ceiling
Height
36"
to
Countertop
Accessory support frames with duct covers
ZX42DC10—Optional accessory for ZV42I, for use with ceiling
heights of 8'6" to 10'4". Kit includes telescoping support frames
and duct covers.
ZX54DC10—Optional accessory for ZV54I, for use with ceiling
heights of 8'6" to 10'4". Kit includes telescoping support frames
and duct covers.
Accessory ZX42DC10
Supplied
Duct Cover
Possible
Actual
hood
ceiling
installation
Duct cover
height
height*
accessory
7' 11"
30"
8' 0"
31"
8' 1"
32"
8' 2"
33"
8' 3"
34"
8' 4"
35"
8' 5"
36"
8' 6"
30" to 31"
8' 7"
30" to 32"
8' 8"
30" to 33"
8' 9"
30" to 34"
8' 10"
30" to 35"
8' 11"
30" to 36"
9' 0"
30" to 36"
9' 1"
30" to 36"
9' 2"
30" to 36"
9' 3"
30" to 36"
9' 4"
30" to 36"
9' 5"
30" to 36"
9' 6"
30" to 36"
9' 7"
30" to 36"
9' 8"
30" to 36"
9' 9"
30" to 36"
9' 10"
30" to 36"
9' 11"
30" to 36"
10' 0"
30" to 36"
10' 1"
30" to 36"
10' 2"
30" to 36"
10' 3"
31" to 36"
10' 4"
32" to 36"
*Based on 36" countertop height.
ZV54
installation heights
Possible
hood
installation
height*
30"
31"
32"
33"
34"
35"
36"
30"
30" to 31"
30" to 32"
30" to 33"
30" to 34"
30" to 35"
30" to 36"
30" to 31"
30" to 32"
30" to 33"
30" to 34"
30" to 35"
30" to 36"
30" to 36"
30" to 36"
30" to 36"
30" to 36"
31" to 36"
32" to 36"
33" to 36"
34" to 36"
35" to 36"
36"
Duct cover
accessory
Supplied
2. Review the chart at right to determine the range of hood
installation heights that can be accomplished with or
without an accessory kit.
ZV42
installation heights
Accessory ZX54DC10
1. Measure the exact ceiling height.
The serial plate is located behind the removable filters.
62
68935_GE_DG_062 62
9/18/12 10:23 AM
monogram.com
Chimney hoods
Custom insert hoods
General features
Patented installation process. Exclusive design allows an easy
and secure connection with the ventilation duct from within
the unit, without any modification to the exterior canopy.
Control with remote-mount option. At the time of installation,
the control can be detached from the insert for mounting on a
wall, countertop or other location. When positioned onboard,
the panel is angled downward to allow easy adjustment of
ventilation and light settings.
Complete with blower, liner and filters. No additional
components or accessory kits required.
Halogen lighting. Four levels of clean, brilliant illumination suit
any cooking task.
ZVC48LSS
ZVC42LSS
Overall dimensions
(WxD in inches): 39-1/2" x 14"
Amps @ 120VAC
10.34
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
120
• Dual blowers
• 8" round exhaust duct
• Snap-in blower assembly
• May be mounted onto a wall
or in an island custom canopy
Custom hood inser ts
Removable filters. Stainless steel mesh filters fit securely and
lift out easily for safe cleaning in the dishwasher.
48" and 42 " custom hood inser ts
Professional hoods
Powerful ventilation. Single- and dual-blower ventilation with
variable-speed fan exhausts air at a rate of 640 and 1200 cubic
feet per minute, making the inserts compatible with highperformance cooking appliances.
36" and 30" custom hood inser ts
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
ZVC36LSS
ZVC30LSS
Overall dimensions
(WxD in inches): 27-1/2" x 14"
Amps @ 120VAC
5.33
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
69
• 8" round exhaust duct
• Snap-in blower assembly
• May be mounted onto a wall
or in an island custom canopy
63
68935_GE_DG_063 63
9/18/12 10:23 AM
Advance planning for custom hood inserts
These hood inserts are designed for easy installation into a
variety of custom hood applications. The hood attaches directly
to the house ducting from within the unit.
The supplied liner
• The custom canopy must be constructed to house the
insert sleeve.
• The sleeve has locking clips on the bottom edge to hold
it in place. The opening must be constructed of 3/4"-thick
material to allow the locking clips to engage.
ZVC30LSS
ZVC36LSS
ZVC42LSS
ZVC48LSS
• The opening must be sized accurately to accept the insert
sleeve and the supplied or custom liner.
• Always maintain the 1/2" dimension at the rear to ensure
correct alignment of the ductwork.
• If you are not using the supplied liner you may construct a
custom non-combustible liner. The custom liner must be
constructed to the dimensions shown to fit the insert sleeve.
• These hood inserts must use 8" round duct with a maximum
equivalent length of 100 feet for any duct configuration.
Refer to the duct fittings chart in the installation instructions.
Refer to the installation instructions for details.
A
width
1-1/4"
4-1/4"
7/8"
3-7/8"
B
width
28-1/2"
34-1/2"
40-1/2"
46-1/2"
Custom cabinet opening
width
depth
ZVC30LSS
26"
13-3/16"
ZVC36LSS
26"
13-3/16"
ZVC42LSS 38-3/4" 13-3/16"
ZVC48LSS 38-3/4" 13-3/16"
*Opening
3/4"-thick material
Custom insert liner
Use the same opening cabinet dimensions to construct a custom
liner. 3/4"-thick material must surround the opening. The 1/2"
dimension at the rear is necessary to ensure duct alignment.
Product dimensions and clearances
Models ZVC48 and ZVC42
Models ZVC36 and ZVC30
39-1/2"
27-1/2"
14"
14"
29-1/2"
16-3/4"
14"
14"
1/2"
7/8"
25-3/4"
NOTE: Bottom edge of insert sleeve
has a 7/8" flange on each side and
38-1/2"
13"
1/2"
The bottom edge of the insert sleeve has a 7/8"-wide flange on the
sides and 1/2"-wide flange on the front and back.
NOTE: 1/2" flange surrounds
outside edge of insert sleeve.
The overall size of the control panel is 4-1/4" wide and 2-1/4" deep.
13"
1/2"
Note: 1/2" flange surrounds outside edge of insert sleeve.
3-11/16"
Remote location for the control
The control panel may be removed from the hood and installed
into a wall or countertop. A 30-ft. length of wire is supplied to
accommodate most installations. A blanking plate covers the
opening when the controls are removed.
1/2"
1/2"
1-11/16"
Control Cutout
We recommend that the cutout in granite or other hard surfaces
be made before the countertop is installed.
64
68935_GE_DG_064 64
9/18/12 10:23 AM
monogram.com
Chimney hoods
Telescopic downdraft vents
General features
Powerful ventilation. A 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct and a
durable, stainless steel vent capture smoke and odors at the
cooking surface. A variable-speed fan blower exhausts the air
at a rate of 390 CFM at high speed.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
36" telescopic
downdraf t vent
30" telescopic
downdraf t vent
ZVB36STSS
ZVB30STSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 8-1/2 x 2-1/8
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
30 x 8-1/2 x 2-1/8
Amps @ 120VAC
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
4
74
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
• Stainless steel vent body
• Indoor remote blower kit
Professional hoods
Remote blower placement installation kit. To reduce noise
in the kitchen, an indoor installation kit is offered for remote
blower placement.
ZVB30STSS
ZVB36STSS
4
69
• 3-1/4" x 10" rectangular duct
• Stainless steel vent body
• Indoor remote blower kit
Custom hood inser ts
Removable filters. Filters can be easily removed for safe
cleaning in your dishwasher.
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
Important installation note: The installation of these downdraft
vents in combination with any Monogram® cooktop requires an
extra-deep countertop. The flat surface of the countertop must
be deep enough, front to back, to accommodate the combined
depth of the vent and cooktop. Additional clearances required
by UL from the cutout to the front edge of the countertop
also vary by model and must be considered. Be sure to
review the downdraft vent installation instructions carefully.
These instructions provide exact cutout and countertop area
requirements for the installation of the vent with each specific
Monogram cooktop.
65
68935_d_mono_des_gd_vent.indd 65
9/18/12 2:24 PM
Advance planning for telescopic downdraft vents
These downdraft vent systems are ideal for island and
peninsula cooking centers because they retract nearly flush
with the countertop. They may be installed with any Monogram®
electric or gas cooktop except Professional models.
Both the 36" and 30" models are equipped with a separate
remote control. This control must be installed in a separate
location outside of the vent and cooktop cutout.
Separate
remote
control
Countertop requirements
Countertops must have a deep flat surface to accommodate
the cooktop and the vent. Countertops with a rolled front edge
and backsplash may not provide the flat surface area required.
30" model
36" model
A
30"
36"
B
28-5/6"
33-15/16"
Base cabinet requirements
The base cabinet must be deep enough to accommodate the
minimum clearance to the front of the countertop, the cooktop
burner box and the vent.
Downdraft vent and cooktop cutout
The installation of these downdraft vents with any Monogram
cooktop requires careful consideration. For accurate planning,
review the dimension drawing for the combined vent and
Monogram cooktop installation.
Before you begin you must:
1. Review countertop dimension illustrations to be sure you will
have enough flat countertop surface.
2. Check to be sure that the total countertop depth required
(including minimum cutout to front edge depth) allows
enough space for a backsplash.
3. Review the cabinet illustration. Check to be sure that the
interior cabinet depth will house the cooktop burner box,
the vent and the cutout clearance from the front.
4. When countertop and cabinet depth present a problem,
review Creative Solutions.
5. Read this section completely to accurately plan the
installation location, clearances and ductwork
requirements.
With careful planning you can achieve a custom look with
minimal adjustments.
The serial plate is located on the blower assembly.
66
68935_d_mono_des_gd_vent.indd 66
9/18/12 2:22 PM
monogram.com
Creative solutions
Optional accessories
Against-the-wall installation
Move the base cabinet forward 3" to 5". Filler panels or
complementary moldings can be added to the exposed
cabinet sides.
JXRB67 Accessory for indoor remote location of the blower/
motor assembly. Use this kit when the blower and motor
assembly will be located outside of the cabinet, such as below
the cabinet floor.
Maintain Cutout Clearances
to Front Edge as Specified
Chimney hoods
Advance planning for telescopic downdraft vents
Ductwork
Prepare the ductwork to vent to the outdoors.
• Use the shortest and straightest duct run possible.
Professional hoods
• The maximum permissible equivalent length for duct run is
100 feet.
• The downdraft blower system is designed to use 3-1/4" x 10"
ductwork. It can be transitioned to 6" round.
Filler Panel
Base Sink
• Determine the need for a wall cap or roof cap. Order the cap
in advance.
Countertop Overhang per Cooktop
Clearances Must be Maintained
Base Sink
Venting options
The downdraft vent is shipped with the discharge outlet
pointing straight down and can be changed to a left- or rightside discharge. For even more flexibility, the entire blower and
mounting plate can be adjusted 3-1/2" to the left or right sides.
Custom hood inser ts
Island or peninsula installation
Use an extra-deep countertop. The countertop overhang at the
front can be adjusted to meet setback to cutout requirements.
End
Panel
Te l e s c o p i c
d o w n d r a f t v e nt s
Filler Panel
Base Cabinet
• Ductwork MUST be vented to the outside, never into a crawl
space, attic or other enclosed space.
Cover Panel
Decorative trim
When the cutout to front edge requirement is more than
2", add a bullnose trim to the front edge of the countertop.
Include the trim thickness when measuring the front edge to
cutout requirement. By adding the trim, the cooktop can be
moved forward, providing additional countertop depth and
interior cabinet space.
67
68935_GE_DG_067 67
9/18/12 10:23 AM
Advance planning for telescopic downdraft vents
• Install a standard electrical outlet within
reach of the vent’s 2'-long power cord.
Locate the outlet inside the cabinet on the
right side wall.
Electrical and gas locations
Plan the placement of the electrical
outlet and gas (if used) carefully. Gas
or electrical outlets cannot be located
on the back wall of the cabinet
because they may interfere with the
downdraft plenum.
Locate the Gas or Electrical
Connection Only Within the
Shaded Area
DO NOT Locate
Gas or Electrical
Connections within
this Area
29-1/2”
34” for 36” Models
28-1/2” for 30” Models
12”
Electrical
Outlet 12”
Above
Cabinet
Floor
• If the vent is installed in combination with
a Monogram® gas cooktop, it may operate
from the same 120V standard duplex outlet.
• If the vent is installed in combination with a
Monogram electric cooktop, the vent must
operate from a separate 120V outlet.
8-1/2"
30" cooktop/downdraf t
IMPORTANT: The countertop cutout requires 23-1/2"
minimum flat countertop surface and 25" minimum total
countertop depth.
NOTE: Before you begin, measure and mark depth to ensure
that adequate flat countertop surface is available.
30"
*For cooktop and downdraft combination depth:
• Follow cooktop installation instructions for cooktop and
downdraft combination installation.
• Otherwise, add 2-3/4" to the cooktop cutout depth.
NOTE: Add 2-7/8" to the cooktop cutout depth for JP328
and JP626.
3/8" Minimum flat countertop
behind cutout required
2-1/2" Minimum**
28-1/2"
* Cooktop and
downdraft
combination
depth
**Required to maintain UL or CSA approvals
8-1/2"
36" cooktop/downdraf t
IMPORTANT: The countertop cutout requires 23-1/2"
minimum flat countertop surface and 25" minimum total
countertop depth.
NOTE: Before you begin, measure and mark depth to ensure
that adequate flat countertop surface is available.
*For cooktop and downdraft combination depth:
• Follow cooktop installation instructions for cooktop and
downdraft combination installation.
• Otherwise, add 2-3/4” to the cooktop cutout depth.
NOTE: Add 2-7/8” to the cooktop cutout depth for JP328
and JP626.
36"
3/8" Minimum flat countertop
behind cutout required
2-1/2" Minimum**
34"
* Cooktop and
downdraft
combination
depth
**Required to maintain UL or CSA approvals
68
68935_GE_DG_068 68
9/18/12 10:23 AM
monogram.com
42" built-in
outdoor grill
30" built-in
outdoor grill
ZGG420NBPSS (natural gas)
ZGG300NBPSS (natural gas)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
41-7/8 x 26 x 27
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-7/8 x 26 x 27
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
• 23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared
sear burner
• 25,000-BTU stainless steel
burners
• Red LED lights above the
knob controls
• Halogen interior lighting
• Ceramic-infrared rotisserie
burner
253
• 23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared
sear burner
• 25,000-BTU stainless steel
burners
• Red LED lights above the
knob controls
• Halogen interior lighting
• Ceramic-infrared rotisserie
burner
Free- standing gr ills
334
D u al- b u rner cookt op
Built-in grills
Built-in outdoor grills
General features
Heavy-duty, 304 stainless steel construction with Professional styling complements Monogram®
ranges and other cooking products, allowing a seamless transition between indoor and outdoor
spaces.
Double-wall design insulates the canopy to minimize heat loss and allow for cooler surfaces.
25,000-BTU stainless steel burners offer precise temperature control, and the Gourmet Radiant™
trays ensure even heat distribution and reduce flare-ups.
Ceramic-infrared rotisserie burner allows you to slow-roast meats to succulent perfection.
The rotisserie motor assembly plugs in and detaches easily for convenient cooking and storage.
23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared searing burner delivers the high radiant heat needed to sear the
outside of foods, locking in natural juices and flavors.
Integrated illumination sets the stage for nighttime grilling with red LED lights above the knob
controls, along with interior halogen lighting.
Grill liners are required for installation in a combustible enclosure. Order separately, ZX30JR for 30"
grills and ZX42JR for 42" grills.
69
68935_GE_DG_069 69
9/18/12 10:21 AM
Advance planning for built-in outdoor grills
These grills are factory set for natural gas operation.
A conversion kit is available if liquid propane is preferred;
order WB28X10117.
High-altitude kit WB28X10119 is available for operation above
2,000 feet. Order WB28X10118 to change the connection from
LP portable (20-lb. tank) to whole-house stationary tank or to
change a stationary tank to portable.
42"-wide built-in grill
ZGG420NBPSS
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid
to Non-Combustibles
26"
Conversion kit must be installed by a qualified service technician
at additional cost. Order this kit from your Monogram® supplier.
27"
41-7/8"
40-3/4"
Gas and
Electrical
Locations
24-1/2"
Side view, all built-in grill models
Grill Cutout
36"
Min.
10-7/8"
Opening
for Optional
Access Doors
1-1/8" Min.
10-1/4" from
Bottom of
Support Flange
*25-1/2"
Countertop Depth
27" to Front
of Control Panel
30"-wide built-in grill
ZGG300NBPSS
28-1/2" to Front of Bullnose
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid
to Non-Combustibles
*The weight of the grill is fully supported by
the side trims. The back of the grill overlaps
the back edge of the cutout.
26"
27"
29-7/8"
28-3/4"
Gas and
Electrical
Locations
24-1/2"
Grill Cutout
36"
Min.
1-1/8" Min.
10-7/8"
Opening
for Optional
Access Doors
70
68935_GE_DG_070 70
9/18/12 10:21 AM
monogram.com
Advance planning for built-in outdoor grills
• The grill drops into the opening and hangs from the side flanges.
It does not require support from the bottom.
Installation in a combustible enclosure
Built-in grills
These grills are designed to be installed into a non-combustible
enclosure when not using grill liner accessories.
To install into combustible enclosures, built-in outdoor grills must
use a grill liner accessory. Please refer to the grill liner installation instructions for details.
D u al- b u rner cookt op
Depth to
Cabinet Face
• The cutout must be completely covered with non-combustible
material such as stone, brick, ceramic tile, concrete board, etc.
The countertop surface and edges must be flat and level.
Countertop Notch Detail
• If the countertop has an
overhang, it must be notched
or cut back flush with the front
face of the cabinet below.
• Allow at least 12" minimum
clearance at the back of the grill
1-1/2" Depth
when the exhaust is directed
5/8" for Outdoor Grills
to a window or surface that is
difficult to clean. Allow at least 4" clearance behind the grill to
allow the hood lid to open.
• Allow 12" minimum clearance on both sides and the back of
the grill to adjacent vertical combustible construction.
• These gas grills cannot be used below any type of overhead
construction.
• These grills are designed for outdoor use only. Do not locate
the grill or cooktop in a building, garage or other enclosed or
semi-enclosed area.
• Locate the back side of the grill away from prevailing winds
and avoid cooking in windy conditions.
Free- standing gr ills
Insulated
Liner
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
Built-in grill cut-out dimensions to install into combustible
enclosures with grill liner accessory (not provided with built-in grill)
ZGG420NBPSS (natural gas)
Description
Kit model
number
30" grill liner
42" grill liner
ZX30JR
ZX42JR
a
36"
48"
Dimensions with
insulated jacket installed
b
c
d
e
f
5" 26-1/2" 4-1/2" 3
11-5/8"
5" 26-1/2" 4-1/2" 3
11-5/8"
Combustible
Enclosure
4" square holes for gas and
electrical connections both left
and right sides (rear or bottom
access). Make these holes
in the frame based on your
requirements.
71
68935_GE_DG_071 71
9/18/12 10:21 AM
Advance planning for built-in outdoor grills
ZX27AD, Double access doors
Double access doors may be installed directly below a grill. The
support frame fits into the opening and the doors hang from
side hinges.
When installing into an
enclosure and adjacent to
other accessories, measure
and cut the openings to
align them evenly across
the bottom. The access door
frame overlap at the bottom
of the cutout is 7/8". See
cutout dimensions below.
72
68935_GE_DG_072 72
9/18/12 10:21 AM
monogram.com
Dual-burner cooktop
Built-in grills
General features
A pair of 15,000-BTU sealed side burners offers additional
space for preparing pasta or boiling water.
Stainless steel cooktop burner cover included.
Dual-burner cooktop
Electronic, 120-volt ignition system makes grill activation as
simple as pressing a knob control.
ZGU122NPSS (natural gas)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
13 x 11 x 26-1/2
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
High-altitude conversion kit WB28X10119 allows the grill to
maintain gas efficiency in mountaintop locations.
D u al- b u rner cookt op
The burner grates are uniquely contoured on one side to
hold woks.
55
• 15,000-BTU sealed side burners
• Reversible burner grates are contoured
on one side to hold a wok
• Stainless steel cover
7/8" Overlap
at the back
12" Min. to
Combustibles 10-1/2" to
the Bottom
on All Sides
of the Side
Support Flange
Free- standing gr ills
Dual-burner cooktop
ZGU122NPSS
11"
26-1/2"
*25" Countertop Depth
13"
26-1/2" to Front
of Control Panel
28" to Front of Bullnose
*The weight of the cooktop is fully supported by the side
trims. The back of the cooktop overlaps the back edge of
the cutout.
The cutout must be
completely covered with
non-combustible material
such as stone, brick, ceramic
tile, concrete board, etc. The
countertop surface and edges
must be flat and level.
If the countertop has an
overhang, it must be notched
or cut back flush with the front
face of the cabinet below.
11-7/8"
Gas and Electrical Locations
24-1/2"
Outdoor
Cooktop
ZGU122
10-7/8"
The cooktop drops into the opening and hangs from the side
flanges. It does not require support from the bottom.
• This gas cooktop cannot be used below any type of
overhead construction.
• Allow 12" minimum clearance on both sides and the back
of the cooktop to adjacent vertical combustible construction.
• This cooktop is designed for outdoor use only.
Do not locate the cooktop in a building, garage or other
enclosed or semi-enclosed area.
73
68935_g_grills.indd 73
9/18/12 2:21 PM
Free-standing grills
42" free-standing
outdoor grill
30" free-standing
outdoor grill
ZGG420LCPSS (liquid propane)
ZGG300LCPSS (liquid propane)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
41-7/8 x 51 x 27
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29-7/8 x 51 x 27
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
534
• 23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared
sear burner
• 25,000-BTU stainless steel
burners
• Ceramic-infrared rotisserie
burner
• Red LED lights above the
knob controls
• Halogen interior lighting
422
• 23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared
sear burner
• 25,000-BTU stainless steel
burners
• Ceramic-infrared rotisserie
burner
• Red LED lights above the
knob controls
• Halogen interior lighting
General features
Heavy-duty, 304 stainless steel construction with Professional styling complements Monogram®
ranges and other cooking products, allowing a seamless transition between indoor and outdoor
spaces.
Double-wall design insulates the canopy to minimize heat loss and allow for cooler surfaces.
One locking caster, one to three swivel casters (depending on model) and two fixed wheels
provide an ideal combination of portability and stability.
25,000-BTU stainless steel burners offer precise temperature control and the Gourmet Radiant™
trays ensure even heat distribution and reduce flare-ups.
Ceramic-infrared rotisserie burner allows you to slow-roast meats to succulent perfection.
The rotisserie motor assembly plugs in and detaches easily for convenient cooking and storage.
23,000-BTU ceramic-infrared searing burner delivers the high radiant heat needed to sear the
outside of foods, locking in natural juices and flavors.
Integrated illumination sets the stage for nighttime grilling with red LED lights above the knob
controls, along with interior halogen lighting.
74
68935_GE_DG_074 74
9/18/12 10:21 AM
monogram.com
These grills are factory set for LP gas operation. A conversion kit
is available if natural gas is preferred, order WB28X10116.
These grills are one-piece welded construction and portable.
High-altitude kit WB28X10119 is available for operation above
2,000 feet. Order WB28X10118 to change the connection from
LP portable (20-lb. tank) to whole-house stationary tank or to
change a stationary tank to portable.
The minimum clearances to combustibles must be observed at
all times:
Conversion kits must be installed by a qualified service technician
at additional cost. Order these kits from your Monogram® supplier.
Built-in grills
Advance planning for free-standing outdoor grills
• Use the grill in a location that is level and stable.
• Allow at least 12" minimum clearance at the back of the grill
when the exhaust is directed to a window or surface that is
difficult to clean. Allow at least 4" minimum clearance behind
the grill to non-combustible surfaces to allow the hood lid
to open.
D u al- b u rner cookt op
• Allow 12" minimum clearance on both sides and the back of the
grill to adjacent vertical combustible construction.
• These gas grills cannot be used below any type of overhead
construction.
• These grills are designed for outdoor use only. Do not locate the
grill in a building, garage or other enclosed or semi-enclosed area.
• Locate the back side of the grill away from prevailing winds and
avoid cooking in windy conditions.
Free- standing gr ills
30"-wide outdoor grill
ZGG300LCPSS
42"-wide outdoor grill
ZGG420LCPSS
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid
to Non-Combustibles
12" Min. to Combustibles
4" Min. Clearance for Lid
to Non-Combustibles
15-1/2" (both sides)
15-1/2" (both sides)
51"
51"
27"
41-7/8"
27"
29-7/8"
75
68935_GE_DG_075 75
9/18/12 10:21 AM
Fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
General features
True flush customization.
The new Monogram® 30"
fully integrated refrigerators
and wine reserve have a fully
integrated design that offers a
true flush fit with surrounding
cabinetry. A freezer drawer
below the upper compartment
is positioned to align smoothly
with adjacent drawers. Models
can be paired for maximum
storage flexibility and design
impact.
Convertible drawer. The lower
drawer has independent
temperature control zones
that can be converted to store
fresh food, frozen food or wine
for ultimate flexibility to meet
your daily needs.
Dual-refrigeration system.
Three independent temperaturemanagement zones provide
precise and customizable
climate control.
LED interior lighting. The
interior lighting gradually
brightens and dims when
door or drawer is opened
or closed, providing clean
white illumination that’s
both attractive and energy
efficient.
For additional details on
product installation,
warranty coverage, care
and maintenance, visit
monogram.com.
30" fully integrated solid
door refrigerator
30" fully integrated glass
door refrigerator
30" fully integrated glass
door wine reserve
ZIC30GNZII, ZIC30GNDII
ZIK30GNZII, ZIK30GNDII
ZIW30GNZII, ZIW30GNDII
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29 3/4 x 79 3/8 - 80 3/8 x 23 3/4
115 Volts/15 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
440
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29 3/4 x 79 3/8 - 80 3/8 x 23 3/4
115 Volts/15 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
485
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
29 3/4 x 79 3/8 - 80 3/8 x 23 3/4
115 Volts/15 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
485
• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity
• Integrated design blends
seamlessly with surrounding
cabinetry
• Professional and Europeanstyle panels are available in
80" or 84" heights
• Dual-refrigeration system with
three independent temperature
management zones
• Convertible-temperature lower
drawer with independent
temperature controls
• First HFC-free refrigerator in
the U.S.
• Freezer drawer with electronic
icemaker and removable
ice bin
• LED interior lighting
• Adjustable glass shelves with
aluminum trim
• Soft-close freezer and
convertible drawers slide into
a secure shut position
• Illuminated, electronic glasstouch controls
• Sabbath mode–capable
• Order ZIC30GNDII for
side-by-side installation
• 14.1 cu. ft. capacity
• Integrated design blends
seamlessly with surrounding
cabinetry
• Professional and Europeanstyle panels are available in
80" or 84" heights
• Dual-refrigeration system with
three independent temperature
management zones
• Convertible-temperature lower
drawer with independent
temperature controls
• First HFC-free refrigerator in
the U.S.
• Freezer drawer with electronic
icemaker and removable
ice bin
• LED interior lighting
• Adjustable glass shelves with
aluminum trim
• Soft-close freezer and
convertible drawers slide into
a secure shut position
• Illuminated, electronic glasstouch controls
• Sabbath mode–capable
• Order ZIK30GNDII for
side-by-side installation
• Holds up to 106 wine bottles
• Integrated design blends
seamlessly with surrounding
cabinetry
• Professional and Europeanstyle panels are available in
80" or 84" heights
• Dual-refrigeration system with
three independent temperature
management zones
• Convertible-temperature lower
drawer with independent
temperature controls
• First HFC-free refrigerator in
the U.S.
• Freezer drawer with electronic
icemaker and removable
ice bin
• LED interior lighting
• Adjustable glass shelves with
aluminum trim
• Soft-close freezer and
convertible drawers slide into
a secure shut position
• Illuminated, electronic glasstouch controls
• Sabbath mode–capable
• Order ZIW30GNDII for
side-by-side installation
ENERGY STAR® qualified to use less energy
and save money Solid door only.
76
68935_GE_DG_076 76
9/18/12 10:18 AM
monogram.com
The installation space
The cutout depth must be 25" for flush installations.
The front face of the refrigerator fits flush with 25" depth
adjacent cabinets.
ZIC30GNZ11, ZIK30GND11, ZIK30GNZ11,
ZIK30GND11, ZIW30GNZ11, ZIW30GND11
The finish cutout width must be 30".
25” min. depth
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
30” Finished Width
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15 or 20 amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker is
recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall. Electrical must be
located on rear wall as shown.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
Water line
• A cold water supply is required for automatic icemaker
operation. The water pressure must be between 40 and
Height options
120 p.s.i.
80” or * 84“
• Route 1/4" O.D. copper or GE SmartConnect™ plastic tubing
between the house cold water line and the water
connection location.
• Tubing should be long enough to extend to the front of the
refrigerator. Allow enough tubing to accommodate a bend
leading into the water line connection.
• Water line can enter an opening through the floor or
back wall.
• Install a shut-off valve between the icemaker water valve
and cold water supply in the home.
23-3/4”
3/4”
Product dimensions
Finished Width
29-3/4”
25”
Cutout Depth
24-3/4”
1/8”
80”*
4”
4”
4”
29-3/4”
Case Width
4”
3-1/8”
1-1/4”
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
80-1/2” Max.*
79-1/2” Min.
Finished
Opening
Height adjustable
from 79-3/8” to 80-3/8” *
* 80” High installation.
The refrigerator can
be adjusted to fit
into a cutout that
is 79-1/2” min. to
80-1/2” max. height.
Use leveling legs
and wheels for a
maximum 1” height
adjustment.
Finished Width
25”
Cutout Depth
24-3/4”
84”*
4”
4”
68935_h_mono_dg_refer.indd 77
29-3/4”
Case Width
Free -standing
refrigerators
84-1/2” Max.*
83-1/2” Min.
Finished
Opening
* 84” High installation.
The refrigerator can
be adjusted to fit
into a cutout that
is 83-1/2” min. to
84-1/2“ max with
the appropriate door kit.
Use leveling legs
and wheels for a
maximum 1” height
adjustment.
77
9/18/12 2:31 PM
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
Door swing clearances
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls or
cabinets. These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position
door stop. The factory-set 115° door swing can be adjusted to
90° if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
SS panel accessory & dimensions
3/4"-thick solid door panel options for 80"-high installation
15"
Min. to
Wall
115˚ Door Swing
90 Door Swing
23-3/4"
Case and
Door only
• European - Panel Model ZKST300N LH & RH capable
• Professional - Panel Model ZKSP300N LH & RH capable
For 84"-high installation
The door panel is not reversible for the 84" installations. A leftor right-hand door panel accessory must be purchased.
• LH European - Model ZKST304NLH
• RH European - Model ZKST304NRH
• LH Professional - Model ZKSP304NLH
• RH Professional - Model ZKSP304NRH
Note: Each kit also contains matching freezer and
customizable drawer panels, handles and toekick.
90
ENERGY STAR®
qualified to use
less energy and
save money (solid
door only).
115˚
5" Min. to Wall
29-3/4”
Allow 15" minimum clearances for a full 115° door swing.
• 5" minimum clearance is required when the door swing is
adjusted to 90°.
Fresh
Food
• See door swing illustrations to determine interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
45-3/8” for 80” Installation
49-3/8” for 84” Installation
Cabinets
Customization basics
These refrigerators are factory set for a right hinged door
swing. The door swing is reversible. Choose an RH model with
hinge on the right side; the door swings left to right. Choose
an LH model with hinge on the left side; the door will swing
right to left.
Freezer
Convertible
Drawer
Door handles
Custom handles of your choice, supplied by your cabinetmaker,
can be installed. If desired, you may order WR12X10988 or
ZKHSS30 Monogram® European stainless steel tubular handle
kit for custom panels.
Optional accessory kits
22-3/4”
4”
1/8” Min.*
Dual installation
60" Finished Width
• ZUG30: For side-by-side installation, order heater kit with
GNDII models
• European Handle Kit: (Includes 3 handles) Order kit ZKHSS30.
(GE part number WR12X10988)
7-1/2”
Ice Drawer
Wall
View
Anti-tip location do not obstruct
84"
max
80"
min
Finished
Opening
g
25"min. Cuttout
D h
Dept
Water Tube & Electrical Outlet 6"
77"
Note: When
two units are
placed side
by side, order
heater kit
number ZUG30.
Note: For ZIC30GNDII, ZIK30GNDII and
ZIW30GNDII models only.
78
68935_GE_DG_078 78
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
29-3/4”
Panels for solid door and
drawers
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
For 84"-high installation
The door panel is not reversible for the 84" installations. A left
or right-hand door panel accessory must be purchased.
• LH European - Model ZKGT304NLH
• RH European - Model ZKGT304NRH
• LH Professional - Model ZKGP304NLH
• RH Professional - Model ZKGP304NRH
Note: Each kit also contains matching freezer and convertible
drawer panels, handles and toekick.
Optional accessory kits:
• ZUG30: For side-by-side installation, order heater kit with
GNDII models
• European handle kit: (Includes 3 handles) Order kit ZKHSS30.
(GE part number WR12X10988)
29-3/4”
23”
6”
80”
10”
84”
Glass Panel
for Fresh Food
Install.
Install.
7-1/2”
22-3/4”
Important note: Maximum
panel weight:
A
A Fresh Food Door Panel:
33 lbs.
B Freezer Drawer Panel: 9 lbs.
C Convertible Food Drawer
Panel: 19 lbs.
B
C
4”
*Styles must be a min. 3-3/8" to
cover aluminum door frame.
3/4”
Design tip: Some amount of each panel will be visible on the
interior side of the unit. It is recommended that both sides
of each panel be finished.
Design tip: If using custom panels, a custom toekick should be
considered. The bottom of case is white
3/4"-custom panel dimensions
84"-high fully integrated installation
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
• European - Panel Model ZKGT300N LH & RH capable
• Professional - Panel Model ZKGP300N LH & RH capable
45-3/8”
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
3/4"-thick frame for glass door options
for 80" high installation
If you choose to install custom panels, they must be cut to
the dimensions shown. The panels will attach to the door and
drawers using a hook-and-bracket system.
EXTREMELY IMPORTANT: Routing of the panels is required
where the hooks and brackets attach to the panels.
45-3/8”
49-3/8”
Note: This product is designed to handle 3/4" panels that are
made of wood.
33-3/8" x 23" is the maximum opening for a glass window. The
opening may be smaller if desired.
6”
3-3/8”
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
29-3/4”
Panels for glass door
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
10”
3/4"-custom panel dimensions
80"-high fully integrated installation
Note: This product is designed to handle 3/4" panels that are
made of wood.
49-3/8”
6”
3-3/8”
3-3/8”
23”
33-3/8" x 23" is the maximum opening for a glass window. The
opening may be smaller if desired.
29-3/4”
33-3/8”
29-3/4”
Panels for solid door and
drawers
Panels for glass door
Important Note: Maximum
panel weight:
6”
49-3/8”
45-3/8”
A Fresh Food Door Panel:
33 lbs.
B Freezer Drawer Panel: 9 lbs.
C Convertible Food Drawer
Panel: 19 lbs.
33-3/8”
7-17/32”
6”
3-3/8”
B
3-3/8”
23”
*30" panel template—order Pub 31-46543.
68935_GE_DG_079 79
A
Free -standing
refrigerators
If you choose to install custom panels, they must be cut to
the dimensions shown. The panels will attach to the door and
drawers using a hook-and-bracket system.
22-23/32”
C
4”
*Styles must be a min. 3-3/8" to
cover aluminum door frame.
79
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
SS European or Custom Panels
Top View
115˚ DOOR SWING (factory setting)
Advance planning
Use this page to determine door swing interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
Product clearances
These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position door stop.
The factory-set 115˚ door swing can be adjusted to 90˚ if
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
Allow 15” minimum clearance
for a full 115˚door swing.
Refrigerator
1/8”
1-3/8”
2-1/16”
1-1/2”
1-1/4”
1”
3/4”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
80
68935_GE_DG_080 80
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
Advance planning
Use this page to determine door swing interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
SS Professional Panels
Top View
115˚ DOOR SWING (factory setting)
Product clearances
These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position door stop.
The factory-set 115˚ door swing can be adjusted to 90˚ if
clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Refrigerator
Allow 15” minimum clearance
for a full 115˚door swing.
1-1/8”
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
2-1/2”
Free -standing
refrigerators
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
1-1/4”
81
68935_GE_DG_081 81
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
SS European or Custom Panels
Top View
90˚ DOOR SWING (optional setting)
Advance planning
Use this page to determine door swing interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
For a 90º door swing
allow 5” min. clearance to a wall, for
stainless steel
models.
Refrigerator
1/8”
1-3/16”
2-1/4”
1-1/2”
1-1/4”
1”
3/4”
3/4”
1”
1-1/4”
1-1/2”
82
68935_GE_DG_082 82
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Dimensions and installation information (in inches)
SS Professional Panels
Top View
90˚ DOOR SWING (optional setting)
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for fully integrated 30" customizable refrigerators and wine reserve
Advance planning
Use this page to determine door swing interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
For a 90º door
swing allow 5” min.
clearance to a wall,
for stainless steel
models.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Refrigerator
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
1-1/4”
Free -standing
refrigerators
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
2-9/16”
83
68935_GE_DG_083 83
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Built-in side-by-side refrigerators
DOOR
ALARM
CONTROL
LOCK
DOOR
ALARM
CONTROL
LOCK
DOOR
ALARM
CONTROL
LOCK
48" built-in refrigerator
with dispenser
48" built-in Professional
refrigerator with dispenser
48" built-in refrigerator
42" built-in refrigerator
with dispenser
ZISW480DX, ZISB480DX,
ZISS480DXSS*
ZISP480DXSS*
ZIS480NX, ZISS480NXSS*
ZISW420DX, ZISB420DX,
ZISS420DXSS*
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
775
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
775
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
48 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
775
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
42 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
725
• 30.1 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR® qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged
unified grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
• 30.1 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged
unified grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Professional handles
• 29.9 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged
unified grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
• 25.5 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
84
68935_GE_DG_084 84
For kosher kitchens, an optional kit allows Monogram®
side-by-side refrigerators and bottom-freezer
refrigerators to run in Sabbath mode.
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Built-in side-by-side refrigerators
DOOR
ALARM
CONTROL
LOCK
DOOR
ALARM
CONTROL
36" built-in refrigerator
with dispenser
36" built-in refrigerator
ZISP420DXSS*
ZIS420NX, ZISS420NXSS*
ZISW360DX, ZISB360DX,
ZISS360DXSS*
ZIS360NX, ZISS360NXSS*
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
42 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
725
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
42 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
725
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
• 25.5 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR® qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Professional handles
• 25.4 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
• 21.1 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
• 21.0 cu. ft. capacity
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinges
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door panels required on
custom models
• No kits required for
customization
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
42" built-in refrigerator
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
42" built-in Professional
refrigerator with dispenser
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
LOCK
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
*Stainless steel-wrapped doors
General features
Direct airflow. Cool air is delivered straight from the overhead
evaporator to freezer and fresh-food compartments, allowing
independent airflow for each food zone without any direct
air exchange.
Spacious interior. The overhead location of the evaporator
makes Monogram side-by-side refrigerators among the
largest-capacity built-in refrigerators available.
68935_GE_DG_085 85
ENERGY STAR qualified. As an ENERGY STAR partner, GE
has determined that all Monogram side-by-side dispenser
refrigerators meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy
efficiency.
Free -standing
refrigerators
Customization. Monogram® built-in custom refrigerators
require door and grille panels available from your Monogram
dealer. They also accept custom overlay panels and handles.
Dispenser with proximity sensor. Tall design accommodates
glassware of all sizes, from pitchers to tumblers. Control graphics
light up as you approach and automatically switch off when
you walk away.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
85
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for built-in side-by-side refrigerators
Side-by-side refrigerators are available in 36", 42" and 48" widths. Design and installation considerations are the
same for all model widths.
Product dimensions
The installation space
35-1/2" for 36" models
41-1/2" for 42" models
47-1/2" for 48" models
36" Models 12"
42" Models 18"
48" Models 20"
Case Depth:
25-3/8" Framed Models
25-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
35", 41", or 47"
Case Width
*Finished Width
84-1/2" max
83-1/2" min
Finished
Opening
6"
Electrical
Area
24"
5"
75" From Floor
to Bottom
of Electrical
Area
Cold Water
5"
Supply
3-1/2" Note: Icemaker
water connection
is at the front.
3-1/2"
5"
Space is the first consideration when planning the installation.
*The finished cutout width must be:
35-1/2" min. for 36"-wide models
41-1/2" min. for 42"-wide models
47-1/2" min. for 48"-wide models
The cutout depth must be 24"
The refrigerator will project forward, slightly beyond adjacent
cabinetry, depending on your installation.
The cutout depth beneath a soffit
When installed beneath a soffit, the soffit cannot exceed the
24" installation depth shown. The top case trim overlaps the
bottom of the soffit.
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong
electrical receptacle recessed into the back wall. Electrical
must be located on rear wall as shown.
*84" From
Floor to
Top Frame
*83-1/2"
at
Rear
36", 42", or 48"
Frame to Frame
Depth Including Handles:
26-7/8" Framed Models
27-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
28-11/16" Professional Models
*Shipping height. The refrigerator can be adjusted to fit into a
cutout that is 83-1/2" min. to 84-1/2" max. height. The top case
trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will overlap upper cabinetry
or soffit. Use leveling legs and wheels for a maximum 1"
height adjustment.
Door swing clearances
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls or
cabinets. These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position
door stop. The factory-set 130° door swing can be adjusted to
90° if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted. Order
WX14X99 door stop for precise settings between 90° and 130°.
A
B
130 Door Swing
90 Door Swing
The serial plate is located in the lower right side of the freshfood compartment beneath the climate-control drawer.
23-7/8"
Behind
Frame
C
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
Water line
All models are equipped with an automatic icemaker. The
water line can enter the opening through the floor or back
wall. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper tubing
between the cold water line and the water connection
location. The tubing should be long enough to extend to the
front of the refrigerator. The installation of an easily accessible
shut-off valve in the water line is required.
Order GE water filter replacement cartridge MWF. Fits all
Monogram built-in refrigerators.
4" Min. to Wall
5" Min. for Professional Models
Models
36"
42"
48"
A
13"
13"
15"
B
15"
19"
20"
C
20-5/8"
26-5/8"
28-5/8"
Observe all minimum clearances shown above for a 90° or 130°
door swing. A 90° door swing allows pan access, but removal is
restricted.
• See door swing illustrations to determine interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
86
68935_GE_DG_086 86
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in side-by-side refrigerators
Customization basics: Framed or overlay panels, custom handles and accessor y kits
Built-in stainless steel side-by-side refrigerators with
Professional styling
ZISP480DXSS, ZISP420DXSS
Stainless steel-wrapped refrigerators with Professional
handles and chamfered door edges. These models are
shipped ready for installation.
Overlay panels
You may also choose to install custom overlay panels
from your cabinet manufacturer. This design provides a
seamless appearance which integrates smoothly with
surrounding cabinetry.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Built-in stainless steel side-by-side refrigerators with
European styling
ZISS360NXSS, ZISS360DXSS
ZISS420NXSS, ZISS420DXSS
ZISS480NXSS, ZISS480DXSS
Custom panel refrigerators
ZIS360NX, ZISW360DX, ZISB360DX
ZIS420NX, ZISW420DX, ZISB420DX
ZIS480NX, ZISW480DX, ZISB480DX
Custom panel refrigerators are designed to be customized
with decorative panels. Field-installed custom door and grille
panels are required.
Framed panels
You may install 1/4"-thick custom panels from your cabinet
manufacturer. The decorative panels slide into the factoryinstalled trim.
3/4" Overlay Panel
.10" Thick Spacer Panel
1/4" Thick Backer Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 3/4" overlay panel position.
Door handles
The supplied handles can be adjusted to accommodate both
framed or overlay panels. Custom handles of your choice,
supplied by your cabinetmaker, can also be installed (no
kits required). If desired, you may order ZKHSS2 or ZKHPSS1
handle kit for overlay panels.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
European-style stainless steel refrigerators have wrapped
doors and grille panel, beveled edges and tubular stainless
steel handles that coordinate with other Monogram®
appliances. These models are shipped ready for installation.
Side panels
Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the
refrigerator will be exposed.
A 48" stainless steel toe kick is available; order part number
WR74X10187.
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Optional accessory kit
ZKHSS2: Tubular stainless steel handles designed to fit
3/4" overlay panels.
Note: Tubular handles are 62-3/8" long, 3/4" diameter.
Framed Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 1/4" panel position.
ZKHPSS1: Professional stainless steel tubular handle designed
to fit 3/4" overlay panels; kit includes one handle. Order two
kits for side-by-side refrigerators.
Note: Professional handles are 31" long.
Free -standing
refrigerators
ZSAB1 kit
For use on the Jewish Sabbath and holidays. While in Sabbath
mode your refrigerator will still operate normally, but will not
respond to your actions.
87
68935_GE_DG_087 87
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for built-in custom side-by-side refrigerators
3/4" overlay panel dimensions
For a more custom appearance,
overlay panels may be installed
on trimmed models. The overlay
panel must be secured to a
1/4"-thick backer panel which
slides into the trim. A spacer
panel 0.10" thick must be
placed between the overlay
and backer panels.
Raised overlay panel design
on dispenser models
Door
Center each panel over
the other. Assemble the
panels with glue and
screws. Screws must be
countersunk into
the backer panel.
3/4"
Overlay
Panel
• The middle rail must be wide enough to allow the dispenser
trim to overlap the opening.
• The middle rail must be 1.100" total thickness to accept the
dispenser trim.
1/4" Backer Panel
.10" Spacer
3/4" Overlay Panel
1/4"
Backer
Panel
.250" + .10" + .750" = 1.100"
Total panel thickness
When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom wide
middle rail is required to accept the dispenser trim.
.10"
Spacer
Overlay Panel
Dispenser
Trim
Spacer Panel
Wide
Middle
Rail is
Required
16-3/4"
Backer Panel
Note: Left-to-right offset
is not always equal to
top-to-bottom offset.
10-5/8"
Side view
A
Grille Panel
Dispenser
Cutout
B
F
C
G
Freezer
Panel
Fresh Food
Panel
D
E
Dispenser Cutout
15-3/8"
9-5/8"
*Cut the dispenser opening after the backer, spacer and
overlay panels have been assembled.
88
Important note: Maximum weight for fresh-food panel is 75
pounds, 53 pounds for freezer panel and 18 pounds for the
grille panel.
68935_GE_DG_088 88
36" side-by-side (in inches)
A
1/4" backer panel 33-7/8
.10" spacer panel 33
3/4" spacer panel 34-1/8
B
9
8-3/8
9-1/4
C
68-3/8
67
68-5/8
D
14-9/16
13-1/4
14-13/16
E
18-9/16
17-1/4
18-13/16
42" side-by-side (in inches)
A
1/4" backer panel 39-7/8
.10" spacer panel 39
3/4" spacer panel 40-1/8
B
9-1/2
8-5/8
9-3/4
C
68-3/8
67
68-5/8
D
14-9/16
13-1/4
14-13/16
E
24-9/16
23-1/4
24-13/16
48" side-by-side (in inches)
A
1/4" backer panel 45-7/8
.10" spacer panel 45
3/4" spacer panel 46-1/8
B
9-1/2
8-5/8
9-3/4
C
68-3/8
67
68-5/8
D
18-9/16
17-1/4
18-13/16
E
26-9/16
25-1/4
26-13/16
*Dispenser cutout position (in inches)
F
G
36" models
17-15/16 3-1/4
42" models
17-15/16 3-1/4
48" models
17-15/16 5-1/4
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
If you choose to install framed
panels, they must be cut to the
dimensions shown. The panels
will slide into the frame on the
door and grille.
Dispenser models
Door
5/16"
Trim
Reveal
1/4"
Panel
If the custom panel is less than
1/4" thick, and it fits loosely in
the door frame, it can be backed
up with a piece of filler material
or foam tape to improve the fit.
These refrigerators are supplied with two dispenser trims, one for
framed panels and one for overlay panels.
1/4" framed panel
The framed panel must be 1/4" nominal thickness to fit the
dispenser trim.
• The dispenser trim fits over the custom panel and snaps into
the freezer door.
• If the panel is less than 0.250" thick, a noticeable gap may be
created around the dispenser trim. Foam tape may be applied
on the door to improve the fit.
Important note: Maximum
weight for fresh-food panel is 75
pounds, 53 pounds for freezer
panel and 18 pounds for the
grille panel.
• If the panel is more than 0.250" thick, the dispenser trim
cannot be secured to the door.
1/4"
Framed
Panel
A
B
FREEZER DOOR
0.250"
Thick
Ice / Water Dispenser
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
Grille Panel
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
1/4" framed panel dimensions
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in custom side-by-side refrigerators
1/4" Dispenser Trim
F
3/4" overlay panels
D
• If the panel is less than 1.100" thick, a noticeable gap may
be created around the dispenser trim.
15-3/8"
Fresh Food
Panel
Side-by-side (in inches)
A
36" models 33-7/8
42" models 39-7/8
48" models 45-7/8
• The overlay panel must be constructed according to the
specifications shown to achieve the correct total thickness.
9-5/8"
E
B
9
9-1/2
9-1/2
C
68-3/8
68-3/8
68-3/8
Dispenser cutout position (in inches)
F
G
36" models 17-13/16 3-1/8
42" models 17-13/16 3-1/8
48" models 17-13/16 5-1/8
D
14-9/16
14-9/16
18-9/16
• If the panel is more than 1.100" thick, the dispenser trim
cannot be secured to the door.
E
18-9/16
24-9/16
26-9/16
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Freezer
Panel
Dispenser Cutout
C
G
The overlay dispenser trim is designed to fit a total panel
thickness of 1.100".
• Alternative panel construction methods such as
securing a 3/4" panel to a 1/4" backer panel cannot be used.
Another method, routing a 3/4"-thick panel on all sides,
cannot be used. These methods will not result in the required
1.100" panel thickness.
• When a raised panel design is to be used, a custom middle
rail is required. See page 75 for details.
1/4" Backer Panel
FREEZER DOOR
.10" Spacer
Panel
1.100"
Total
Thickness
Free -standing
refrigerators
Dispenser
Cutout
Ice / Water Dispenser
3/4" Overlay
Panel
3/4" Overlay Dispenser Trim
89
68935_GE_DG_089 89
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for built-in custom side-by-side refrigerators
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Refrigerator
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps cabinets at the
top and sides. Therefore, frameless cabinets may require filler
strips to prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The
opening must allow for filler strips.
23-7/8" From
Rear of
Refrigerator
Case
Trim
3/4"
1/2"
1/4"
1"
1-3/4"
2"
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"
2-1/2"
1-1/4"
2-1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
l
tee
sS
les
ain
St
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
Door
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
Top view
130° door swing
(Factory setting)
Scale 1:1
IMPORTANT NOTE – FOR DISPENSER MODELS
90
Dispenser models are supplied with two dispenser
trims, one to fit framed panels and one for overlay
panels. Dispenser trim fit to the custom panel depends
on correct panel thickness. Framed panels must be 1/4"
nominal. Overlay panels should be constructed as shown
to accomplish a total 1.100" thickness.
68935_GE_DG_090 90
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in custom side-by-side refrigerators
Refrigerator
Case Trim
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
23-7/8"
From Rear of
Refrigerator
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps
cabinets at the top and sides. Therefore,
frameless cabinets may require filler strips to
prevent interference with cabinet door swing.
The opening must allow for filler strips.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
Dispenser models are supplied with
two dispenser trims, one to fit framed
panels and one for overlay panels.
Dispenser trim fit to the custom
panel depends on correct panel
thickness. Framed panels must
be 1/4" nominal. Overlay panels
should be constructed as shown to
accomplish a total 1.100" thickness.
Door
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
1/4"
1/2"
Free -standing
refrigerators
IMPORTANT NOTE –
FOR DISPENSER MODELS
Stainless Steel
Top view
90° door swing
(Optional setting)
Scale 1:1
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
1-1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
91
68935_GE_DG_091 91
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Built-in bottom-freezer refrigerators
General features
Customization. Monogram®
built-in custom refrigerators
require door and grille panels.
These models also accept
framed or overlay custom
panels from your cabinetmaker.
Stainless steel-wrapped
models are shipped ready
for installation.
Temperature-management
system. The temperaturemanagement system with
upfront electronic controls
delivers cool, fresh air to
every shelf.
Flexible storage. In the freshfood compartment, four split
shelves and six adjustable door
bins offer convenient access
to contents. The large fullextension freezer drawer has an
automatic icemaker and storage
bins that slide out independently
of one another for easy loading
and unloading.
ENERGY STAR® qualified.
As an ENERGY STAR partner,
GE has determined that all
Monogram 36" bottom-freezer
refrigerators meet the
ENERGY STAR guidelines
for energy efficiency.
For additional details on
product installation,
warranty coverage, care
and maintenance, visit
monogram.com.
92
68935_GE_DG_092 92
36" built-in stainless
steel refrigerators
36" built-in Professional
refrigerators
36" built-in
refrigerators
ZICS360NXRH, ZICS360NXLH
ZICP360NXRH, ZICP360NXLH
ZIC360NXRH, ZIC360NXLH
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Stainless steel-wrapped doors
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must
be specified
• Unified grille kit for
side-by-side installation
of two bottom-freezer
refrigerators
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Stainless steel-wrapped
doors, Professional handles
and louvered grille panel
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must
be specified
• Unified grille kit for
side-by-side installation
of two bottom-freezer
refrigerators
• 20.6 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must
be specified
• Door panels required
• Two-position handle adjusts
to accommodate 1/4" framed
or 3/4" overlay panels
• Unified grille kit for
side-by-side installation
of two bottom-freezer
refrigerators
For kosher kitchens, an optional kit allows Monogram
side-by-side refrigerators and bottom-freezer
refrigerators to run in Sabbath mode.
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
The installation space
Door swing clearances
The finished cutout width must be 35-1/2".
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls or
cabinets. These refrigerators are equipped with a 2-position
door stop. The factory-set 130° door swing can be adjusted
to 90° if clearance to adjacent cabinets or walls is restricted.
Order WX14X99 door stop for precise settings between 90°
and 130°.
Wall View
2-5/16"
10"
84-1/2" max
83-1/2" min
Finished
Opening
6"
Electrical
Area
24" Cutout Depth
Water Supply
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
5"
5"
75" From
Floor to Bottom
of Electrical Area
25"
Min. to
Wall
130 Door Swing
23-7/8"
Behind
Frame
90 Door Swing
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
35-1/2"
Finished Width
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for 36" built-in bottom-freezer refrigerators
36-3/4"
10"
90
130
The cutout depth must be 24"
The refrigerator will project forward, slightly beyond adjacent
cabinetry, depending on your installation.
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required.
An individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit
breaker is recommended. Install a properly grounded
3-prong electrical receptacle recessed into the back wall.
Electrical must be located on rear wall as shown.
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
Water line
All models are equipped with an automatic icemaker. The
cold water line can enter the opening through the floor or
back wall. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper
tubing between the cold water line and the water connection
location at the front of the refrigerator. The installation of an
easily accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
*83-1/2"
at
Rear
• See door swing illustrations to determine interaction with
adjacent cabinets or countertops.
ZUG2, ZUGSS2 and ZUGPP2 unified grille panel kit
• If you are installing two refrigerators side by side (a left-hand
and a right-hand door swing), the installation space must be
71-1/2" wide.
Note: Additional cutout width may be required when side
panels are used. Add side panel thickness to the finished
cutout to calculate rough-in width.
• The water and electrical locations for each product must
be located as shown.
Case Depth:
25-3/8" Framed Models
25-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
*84" From
Floor to
Top Frame
36"
Frame to Frame Width
Depth Including Handles:
26-7/8" Framed Models
27-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
28-11/16" Professional Models
68935_GE_DG_093 93
• 4" minimum clearance is required when the door swing is
adjusted to 90°. If the 90° door stop position is used, pan
access is maintained, but pan removal is restricted.
• A separate 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is
recommended for each product.
Product dimensions
35"
Case Width
Observe all minimum clearances shown above for a 90° or
130° door swing. A 90° door swing allows pan access, but
removal is restricted.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
The cutout depth beneath a soffit
When installed beneath a soffit, the soffit cannot exceed the
24" installation depth shown. The top case trim overlaps the
bottom of the soffit.
4" Min. to Wall
5" Min. for Professional Models
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
3-1/2"
*Shipping height. The
refrigerator can be
adjusted to fit into a
cutout that is 83-1/2" min.
to 84-1/2" max. height.
The top case trim at
the front is 1/2" higher
and will overlap upper
cabinetry or soffit.
Use leveling legs and
wheels for a maximum
1" height adjustment.
71-1/2" Finished Width
2-5/16"
24-3/16"
6"
Electrical
6"
10"
84-1/2" max
83-1/2" min
Finished
Opening
10"
24" Cutout Depth
3-1/2"
5"
10"
Wall View
3-1/2"
3-1/2"
5" 5"
3-1/2"
10"
Water Supply
3-1/2"
5"
75" From
Floor to Bottom
of Electrical Area
Free -standing
refrigerators
10"
3-1/2" 10"
The serial plate is located inside the fresh food compartment,
below the bottom storage drawer on the right side.
93
9/18/12 10:19 AM
Advance planning for built-in bottom-freezer refrigerators
Customization basics: framed or overlay panels, custom handles
and accessor y kits
These bottom-freezer refrigerators are factory set for a left or right door swing.
The door swing is NOT reversible. Choose an RH model with hinge on the right
side; the door swings left to right. Choose an LH model with hinge on the left
side; the door will swing right to left.
Right-hand
door swing
Left-hand
door swing
Professional refrigerators
ZICP360NXLH, ZICP360NXRH
Stainless steel-wrapped refrigerators with Professional handles,
louvered grille panel and chamfered door edges. These models
are shipped ready for installation.
Door handles
The supplied handles can be adjusted to accommodate both
framed or overlay panels. Custom handles of your choice,
supplied by your cabinetmaker, can also be installed. Order
ZKHCT handle side trim kit for installation of custom handles.
European refrigerators
ZICS360NXLH, ZICS360NXRH
European-stye refrigerators have wrapped doors and grille panel,
beveled edges and tubular stainless steel handles. These models
are shipped ready for installation.
Side panels
Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the refrigerator
will be exposed.
Custom refrigerators
ZIC360NXLH, ZIC360NXRH
Custom refrigerators are designed to be customized with
decorative panels. Field-installed custom door and grille
panels are required.
Framed panels
You may install 1/4"-thick custom panels from your cabinet
manufacturer. The decorative panel or accessory panel slides
into the factory-installed trim.
Optional accessory kits
ZKHCSS2: Monogram stainless steel tubular handle kit
and handle side trim for custom handles. For use on
3/4" custom panels. Note: Fresh-food handle is 44-3/16" long,
freezer handle is 33-3/16" long, and diameter for each is 3/4".
ZKHPSS1: Professional stainless steel tubular handles designed
to fit 3/4" overlay panels. Kit includes one handle. Order two
kits for bottom-freezer refrigerators. Note: The Professional
handle is 31" long.
ZKHCT: Handle side trim kit for left-hand and right-hand doors.
For use on 3/4" custom panel when using a custom handle.
ZUG2: For side-by-side installation of two trimmed bottomfreezer refrigerators. This kit provides for the installation of a
unified custom grille panel to span the width of two units using
a framed or overlay panel. Note: This kit will unify a left-hand and
right-hand door swing pair. It cannot be installed on two units
with the same door swing.
Standard Door Handle
Framed Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 1/4" panel position.
Overlay panels
You may also choose to install custom overlay panels
from your cabinet manufacturer. This design provides a
seamless appearance which integrates smoothly with
surrounding cabinetry.
ZUGSS2: For side-by-side installation of two stainless
steel-wrapped bottom-freezer refrigerators. This kit provides a
unified stainless steel grille panel to span the width of two units.
Note: This kit will unify a left-hand and right-hand door swing pair.
It cannot be installed on two units with the same door swing.
ZUGPP2: For side-by-side installation of two Professional bottomfreezer refrigerators. This kit provides for the installation of a
unified grille panel to span the width of two Professional units.
Note: This kit will unify a left-hand and right-hand door swing pair.
It cannot be installed on two units with the same door swing.
ZSAB1 kit
For use on the Jewish Sabbath and holidays. While in Sabbath
mode your refrigerator will still operate normally, but will not
respond to your actions.
Standard
Door Handle
94
3/4" Overlay Panel
.10" Thick Spacer Panel
1/4" Thick Backer Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 3/4" overlay
panel position.
68935_GE_DG_094 94
9/18/12 10:19 AM
monogram.com
Door/Drawer
5/16"
Trim
Reveal
1/4"
Panel
If the custom panel is less than
1/4" thick, and it fits loosely in the
door frame, it can be backed up
with a piece of filler material or
foam tape to improve the fit.
Important note: Maximum
weight for fresh-food panel
is 58 pounds, 28 pounds for
freezer drawer panel and 11
pounds for the grille panel.
Fresh Food
Panel
C
Freezer Drawer
Panel
Overlay
Panel
.10 Inch
Spacer
.250" + .10" + .750" =
1.100" total panel thickness
Overlay Panel
Center each panel
over the other.
Assemble the
panels with glue
and screws.
Screws must be
countersunk into
the backer panel.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
B
Door/Drawer
1/4"
Backer
Panel
A
Grille Panel
For a more custom
appearance, overlay
panels may be installed
on trimmed models. The
overlay panel must be secured
to a 1/4"-thick backer panel
which slides into the trim. A
spacer panel 0.10" thick must
be placed between the overlay
and backer panel.
Spacer Panel
Backer Panel
Note: Left-to-right offset is not always equal to
top-to-bottom offset.
D
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
If you choose to install framed
panels, they must be cut to the
dimensions shown. The panels
will slide into the frame on the
door, drawer and grille.
3/4" overlay panel dimensions
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
1/4" framed panel dimensions
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in custom bottom-freezer refrigerators
ZUG2 grille panel dimensions
The ZUG2 unified grille panel kit will accept a framed or
overlay grille panel.
Framed panel dimensions (in inches)
A (width) B (grille ht.)
1/4" framed panel 33-7/8
8-7/8
C (FF ht.) D (FZ ht.)
46-1/16 21-7/8
3/4" overlay panel dimensions (in inches)
A (width) B (grille ht.)
1/4" backer panel 33-7/8
8-7/8
.10" spacer panel 32-1/2
7-5/8
3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8
9
C (FF ht.)
46-1/16
44-11/16
46-5/16
68935_GE_DG_095 95
• Assemble the overlay panel in the same manner
as the door and drawer panels.
A
B
Grille Panel
Important: Grille panel maximum total weight is 25 lbs.
Framed panel dimensions
A (width)
1/4" framed panel
69-7/8"
B (height)
8-7/8"
Overlay panel dimensions
A (width)
1/4" backer panel
69-7/8"
.10" spacer panel
68-1/2"
3/4" overlay panel
70-1/8"
B (height)
8-7/8"
7-5/8"
9"
Free -standing
refrigerators
D (FZ ht.)
21-7/8
20-1/2
22
95
9/18/12 10:20 AM
Advance planning for built-in custom bottom-freezer refrigerators
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Refrigerator
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps cabinets at the
top and sides. Therefore, frameless cabinets may require filler
strips to prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The
opening must allow for filler strips.
23-7/8" From
Rear of
Refrigerator
Case
Trim
3/4"
1/2"
1/4"
1"
1-3/4"
2"
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"
2-1/2"
1-1/4"
2-1/4"
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
l
tee
sS
les
ain
St
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
Door
96
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
Top view
130° door swing
(Factory setting)
Scale 1:1
68935_GE_DG_096 96
9/18/12 10:20 AM
monogram.com
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in custom bottom-freezer refrigerators
Refrigerator
Case Trim
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
23-7/8"
From Rear of
Refrigerator
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps
cabinets at the top and sides. Therefore,
frameless cabinets may require filler strips to
prevent interference with cabinet door swing.
The opening must allow for filler strips.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
Stainless Steel
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
1-1/2"
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
1/4"
1/2"
Free -standing
refrigerators
Door
3/4"
Top view
90° door swing
(Optional setting)
Scale 1:1
68935_GE_DG_097 97
1"
1-1/4"
97
9/18/12 10:20 AM
Built-in all-refrigerators and all-freezers
All-refrigerator general
features
Stainless exterior. Conveys a
sense of solidity and beauty with
tubular handles, louvered grille
and chamfered, hand-finished
edges.
Integrated appearance with
premium-grade stainless steel.
Extending across the door and
wrapping beautifully around the
edges; a Monogram® signature.
Slim tubular handle enhances
the overall look.
Custom-panel model. Can be
personalized with cabinetmatching panels and handles.
Enhanced temperaturemanagement system. With
precise electronic controls
and thermistors, maintains
ideal storage conditions for
fresh foods.
Concealed halogen lighting
system. Illuminates contents
without compromising space.
ENERGY STAR® qualification.
As an ENERGY STAR partner,
GE has determined that
Monogram all-refrigerators
meet the ENERGY STAR
guidelines for energy efficiency.
Humidity-controlled
compartments and sealed
snack drawers. Help preserve
the freshness of foods.
Adjustable spillproof glass
shelves. Easily accommodate
party trays and platters.
All-freezer general
features
Concealed ice drawer. Provides
quick and easy access to
filtered ice.
36" built-in integrated
all-refrigerator,
all-freezer
36" built-in Professional
all-refrigerator,
all-freezer
36" built-in custom
all-refrigerator,
all-freezer
ZIRS360NXRH, ZIRS360NXLH,
ZIFS360NXRH, ZIFS360NXLH
ZIRP360NXRH, ZIRP360NXLH,
ZIFP360NXRH, ZIFP360NXLH
ZIR360NXRH, ZIR360NXLH,
ZIF360NXRH, ZIF360NXLH
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 675
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 84 x 23-7/8 (behind frame)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
675
• 21.5 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Stainless-steel wrapped door
and tubular handle
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must be
specified
• Unified grille panel kit for sideby-side installation of two units
• Order kit ZUGSS2 for sideby-side installation of two
stainless steel-wrapped
models. Kit provides unified
stainless steel grille panel to
span the width of two units
• 21.5 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Stainless-steel wrapped door,
Professional handle and
louvered grille panel
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must be
specified
• Unified grille panel kit for sideby-side installation of two units
• Order kit ZUGPP2 for sideby-side installation of
Professional all-freezer and
all-refrigerator models. Kit
provides unified stainless
steel grille panel to span the
width of two units
• 21.5 cu. ft. capacity
• ENERGY STAR qualified
• Equipped to accept optional
Sabbath mode kit, ZSAB1
• Concealed door hinge
• Easy-access hinged grille
• Four-point leveling system
• Adjustable door stop
(90°/130°)
• Door panel required
• Two-position handle adjusts to
accommodate 1/4" framed or
3/4" overlay panel
• Trimmed (semi-flush)
installation
• Door swing preference must be
specified
• Unified grille panel kit for sideby-side installation of two units
• Order kit ZUG2 for side-by-side
installation of trimmed units. Kit
provides a unified custom grille
panel to span the width of two
units using 1/4" framed or 3/4"
overlay panel
GE water filtration system.
Provides clean, fresh-tasting
water to the freezer’s icemaker.
98
ENERGY STAR qualification.
As an ENERGY STAR partner,
GE has determined that
Monogram all-freezers
meet the ENERGY STAR
guidelines for energy efficiency.
68935_h_mono_dg_refer.indd 98
9/18/12 2:17 PM
monogram.com
The installation space
Door swing clearances
The finished cutout width must be 35-1/2".
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls
or cabinets. These units are equipped with a 2-position door
stop. The factory-set 130° door swing can be adjusted to 90°
if clearance is restricted.
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in all-refrigerators and all-freezers
Observe all minimum clearances shown. A 90° door swing
allows pan access, but removal is restricted.
90 Door Swing
23-7/8"
Behind
Frame
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
130 Door Swing
25"
Min. to
Wall
36-3/4"
The serial plate is located inside the refrigerator/freezer below
the bottom storage drawer on the right side.
130
90
4" Min. to Wall
5" Min. for Professional Models
4" minimum clearance is required when the door swing
is adjusted to 90°. Allow 5" minimum clearance for
Professional models.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong
electrical receptacle recessed into the back wall. Electrical
must be located on rear wall as shown.
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Water line
The water line can enter the opening through the floor or
back wall. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper
tubing between the cold water line and the water connection
location at the front of the freezer. The installation of an easily
accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
Order GE water filter replacement cartridge, MWF. Fits all
Monogram built-in all-freezers.
Product dimensions
*83-1/2"
at
Rear
25-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
Case Depth
*84" From
Floor to
Top Frame
36" Frame to
Frame Width
Depth Including Handles:
27-3/4" Stainless Steel Models
28-11/16" Professional Models
35"
Case Width
*83-1/2"
at
Rear
25-3/8" Framed Models
Case Depth
*84" From
Floor to
Top Frame
Free -standing
refrigerators
35"
Case Width
36" Frame to
Frame Width
Depth Including Handles:
26-7/8" Framed Models
*Shipping height. The product can be adjusted to fit into a cutout that is 83-1/2" min. to 84-1/2"
max. height. Note that the top case trim at the front is 1/2" higher and will overlap upper
cabinetry or soffit. Use leveling legs and wheels for a maximum 1" height adjustment.
99
68935_GE_DG_099 99
9/18/12 10:20 AM
Advance planning for built-in all-refrigerators and all-freezers
Multiple product installations
When installing an all-refrigerator and all-freezer side
by side, the installation space must be 71-1/2" wide.
• Locate water and electrical as shown.
• A separate 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply
is recommended for each product.
Clearances for two products installed
side by side with the same (lef t or right)
door swing.
2"
15"
Allow 2" minimum clearance between the products to prevent
door swing interference. Allow 15" minimum to a wall to achieve
full drawer extension and pan removal. Additional clearances are
required when using custom handles and panels. NOTE: ZUG2,
ZUGSS2 or ZUGPP2 grille panel kits will not fit this installation.
Additional cutout width may be required when side
panels are used.
25"
Min. to
Wall
130° Door
Swing
130° Door
Swing
25"
Min. to
Wall
Clearances for two products installed
side by side with right and lef t side
hinges together.
5"
0"
Note: Trims touch at the front.
In a side-by-side installation of a left- and right-hand door
swing product, no clearance between the units is required.
Order ZUGSS2 European, ZUGPP2 Professional or ZUG2
custom panel unified grille panel kit for one continuous
grille panel.
Allow 5" minimum between the two products to prevent one
door from striking the other. Additional clearances are required
when using custom handles and panels. NOTE: ZUG2, ZUGSS2 or
ZUGPP2 grille panel kits will not fit this installation.
100
68935_GE_DG_100 100
9/18/12 10:17 AM
monogram.com
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in custom all-refrigerators and all-freezers
Customization basics: framed or overlay panels, custom handles
and accessor y kits
These all-refrigerator and all-freezer models are factory set for a left or right door
swing. The door swing is NOT reversible. Choose an RH model with hinge on the
right side; the door swings left to right. Choose an LH model with hinge on the left
side; the door will swing right to left.
European all-freezers
ZIFS360NXLH, ZIFS360NXRH
Stainless steel-wrapped door and grille panel, beveled edges
and tubular stainless steel handle. These models are shipped
ready for installation.
Custom all-refrigerators
ZIR360NXLH, ZIR360NXRH
Custom all-freezers
ZIF360NXLH, ZIF360NXRH
Custom all-refrigerators and all-freezers are designed to be
customized with decorative panels. Field-installed custom
door and grille panels are required.
Framed panels
You may install 1/4"-thick custom panels from your cabinet
manufacturer. The decorative panel or accessory panel slides
into the factory-installed trim.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
European all-refrigerators
ZIRS360NXLH, ZIRS360NXRH
Door handles
The supplied handle can be adjusted to accommodate both
framed or overlay panels. A custom handle of your choice,
supplied by your cabinetmaker, can also be installed.
Side panels
Side panels must be used whenever the sides of the refrigerator
or freezer will be exposed.
Optional accessory kits
ZKHSS2: Monogram tubular stainless steel handle designed
to fit 3/4" overlay panels. Note: Tubular handles are 62-3/8” long,
3/4" diameter. This kit includes two handles.
ZKHPSS1: Professional tubular stainless steel handle designed
to fit 3/4" overlay panels. Note: The Professional handle is
31" long. This kit includes one handle; two kits will need to be
ordered for a side-by-side installation.
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
Professional all-freezers
ZIFP360NXLH, ZIFP360NXRH
Stainless steel-wrapped with Professional handle, louvered
grille panel and chamfered door edges. These models are
shipped ready for installation.
Left-hand
door swing
ZUG2: For side-by-side installation of two trimmed units. This kit
provides a unified custom grille panel to span the width of two
units using a framed or overlay panel. Note: This kit will unify a lefthand and right-hand door swing pair. It cannot be installed on two
units with the same door swing.
ZUGSS2: For side-by-side installation of two stainless steelwrapped units. This kit provides a unified stainless steel grille
panel to span the width of two units. Note: This kit will unify a
left-hand and right-hand door swing pair. It cannot be installed
on two units with the same door swing.
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Professional all-refrigerators
ZIRP360NXLH, ZIRP360NXRH
Right-hand
door swing
ZUGPP2: For side-by-side installation of two professional units.
This kit provides for the installation of a unified grille panel to
span the width of two Professional units. Note: This kit will unify
a left-hand and right-hand door swing pair. It cannot be installed
on two units with the same door swing.
Framed Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 1/4" panel position.
Overlay panels
You may also choose to install custom overlay panels from your
cabinet manufacturer. This design provides a seamless appearance which integrates smoothly with surrounding cabinetry.
Standard
Door Handle
ZSAB1 Sabbath mode product kit
For use on the Jewish Sabbath and holidays. While in Sabbath
mode, your refrigerator or freezer will still operate normally, but
will not respond to your actions.
Free -standing
refrigerators
Standard Door Handle
3/4" Overlay Panel
.10" Thick Spacer Panel
1/4" Thick Backer Panel
Standard supplied handles shown in 3/4" overlay panel position.
101
68935_GE_DG_101 101
9/18/12 10:17 AM
Advance planning for built-in custom all-refrigerators and all-freezers
Custom panel dimensions
All-refrigerator, all-freezer 1/4" framed panel
If you chose to install framed panels, they must be cut to the
dimensions shown. The panels will slide into the frame on the
door and grille.
If the panel is less than 1/4" thick, it must be backed up with
filler material or foam tape to improve the fit.
Door/Drawer
5/16"
Trim
Reveal
All-refrigerator, all-freezer 3/4" overlay panel
Overlay panels may be installed on trimmed units.
The overlay panel must be secured to a 1/4"-thick backer
panel which slides into the trim. A spacer panel 0.10" thick
must be placed between the custom and backer panel.
Assemble overlay panels with glue and screws:
• Center spacer panel on the backer panel left to right and
top to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
• Center the spacer/backer panel on the overlay panel and
secure with glue and screws. Screws must be countersunk
into the backer panel. Note: Left-to-right offset is not
always equal to top-to-bottom offset.
1/4"
Panel
Overlay Panel
Door/Drawer
1/4" framed panel dimensions
A (width) B (grille height)
Framed panel
33-7/8"
8-7/8"
Overlay
Panel
Spacer Panel
C (door height)
69-5/16"
Backer Panel
A
Grille Panel
B
Door
Panel
C
IMPORTANT NOTE:
Maximum weight
for the door panel
is 67 pounds.
Maximum total
weight for the
assembled grille
panel is 11 pounds.
3/4" overlay panel dimensions
A (width) B (grille height)
1/4" backer panel 33-7/8"
8-7/8"
0.10" spacer panel 32-1/2"
7-5/8"
3/4" overlay panel 34-1/8"
9"
1/4"
Backer
Panel
.10 Inch
Spacer
ZUG2 grille panel dimensions
The ZUG2 unified grille panel kit provides for the
installation of a framed or overlay grille panel.
A
C (door height)
69-5/16"
67-15/16"
69-9/16"
Grille Panel
B
Panel dimensions
A (width)
69-7/8"
B (grille height)
8-7/8"
3/4" overlay panel dimensions
A (width)
1/4" backer panel
69-7/8"
0.10" spacer panel
68-1/2"
3/4" overlay panel
70-1/8"
B (grille height)
8-7/8"
7-5/8"
9"
1/4" framed panel
IMPORTANT: Grille panel maximum total weight is 25 lbs.
102
68935_GE_DG_102 102
9/18/12 10:17 AM
monogram.com
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps cabinets at the
top and sides. Therefore, frameless cabinets may require filler
strips to prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The
opening must allow for filler strips.
23-7/8" From
Rear of
Refrigerator
Case
Trim
3/4"
1/2"
1/4"
1"
1-3/4"
2"
1-1/2"
2-3/4"
3"
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Refrigerator/Freezer
Refrigerator
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Advance planning for built-in all-refrigerators, all-freezers
2-1/2"
1-1/4"
2-1/4"
1/4"
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
1/2"
3/4"
1"
Top view
130° door swing
(Factory setting)
Scale 1:1
68935_GE_DG_103 103
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
Free -standing
refrigerators
Door
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
l
tee
sS
les
ain
St
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
103
9/18/12 10:17 AM
Advance planning for built-in all-refrigerators, all-freezers
Use this page to determine door
swing interaction with adjacent
cabinets or countertops.
Refrigerator
Case Trim
Refrigerator/Freezer
23-7/8"
From Rear of
Refrigerator
Frameless cabinets: The case trim overlaps
cabinets at the top and sides. Therefore,
frameless cabinets may require filler strips to
prevent interference with cabinet door swing.
The opening must allow for filler strips.
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
1"
1-1/4"
1-1/2"
Stainless Steel
Door
3/4" Overlay
Panel
(Nominal Size)
1/4"
1/2"
3/4"
104
Top view
90° door swing
(Optional setting)
Scale 1:1
68935_GE_DG_104 104
1"
1-1/4"
9/18/12 10:17 AM
monogram.com
ZFGB21HZSS
ZFGP21HZSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-3/4 x 69-5/8 x 31
(including handles)
120 Volts/15 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 435
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
35-3/4 x 69-5/8 x 31
(including handles)
120 Volts/15 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 435
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Concealed door hinge
• 20.7 cu. ft. capacity
• Concealed door hinge
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
36" free -standing
Professional counterdepth French- door/
2- drawer refrigerator
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
36" free -standing
counter- depth
French- door/2- drawer
refrigerator
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
French-door/two-drawer refrigerators
General features
Advanced temperature-management system with precise
electronic controls. Maintains ideal storage conditions for
fresh and frozen foods.
Internal water dispenser with GE water filtration. Delivers
chilled, fresh-tasting water.
GE Reveal® interior lighting. Casts a clear, brilliant glow
throughout the refrigerator.
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Professional appearance. Featuring French-door styling with
two refrigerator doors positioned above two pull-out freezer
drawers, Professional handles and chamfered edges.
Four gallon-size door bins. Make room for milk and
large containers.
Three slide-out spillproof shelves. Provide convenient storage
for platters and deli trays.
QuickSpace™ retractable shelf. Slides out of the way to
provide space for tall items.
Wire can rack, dairy bin and adjustable deli drawer.
Easily handle food and containers of various sizes.
Two, large full-extension freezer drawers. Slide out
independently for easy loading and unloading.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Free -standing
refrigerators
European model. Featuring French-door styling with two
refrigerator doors positioned above two pull-out freezer
drawers, Monogram® signature slim tubular handles and
stainless steel-wrapped exterior.
Automatic icemaker. Provides a ready supply of filtered ice.
Humidity-controlled drawers. Help preserve fruits, cheeses
and vegetables.
Full-width deli drawer. Allows party trays and larger items
to fit easily and remain at the ideal temperature.
105
68935_GE_DG_105 105
9/18/12 10:17 AM
Advance planning for free-standing refrigerators
Door swing clearances
Product dimensions
35-7/8"
Case Width
27-1/2"
Depth
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls
or cabinets.
69-5/8"
35-7/8"
Depth Including Handles
29-1/2" - Tubular Handles
30-1/4" - Professional Handles
Installation note:
Door and passageways into the installation location require a
36" minimum opening. If the opening is less than 36", the top
cap and doors must be removed. See installation instructions
for details.
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker is
recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall.
This serial plate is located inside the fresh-food compartment,
at the top and on the right side.
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
Allow 19" minimum clearance on the fresh food side for a full
160° door swing and pan removal. Allow 14-1/4" clearance on
the freezer side for removal of ice bin.
• 4" minimum clearance is required when the door swing is
restricted to 90°.
Air circulation clearances
For proper air circulation allow 1/8" clearance on each side,
and 1" clearance at the top and back side.
Water line
The water line can enter the opening through the floor or back
wall. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper tubing
between the cold water line and the water connection location
at the rear of the refrigerator. The installation of an easily
accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
106
68935_GE_DG_106 106
9/18/12 10:17 AM
monogram.com
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Free-standing stainless steel-wrapped refrigerators
General features
GE water filtration system.
Delivers clean, great-tasting
water and ice through the
dispenser.
ZFSB23DXSS
ZFSB25DXSS
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 72 x 29-1/2
(including handles)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 460
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
36 x 72 x 30-1/2
(including handles)
115 Volts/20 Amps
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.) 493
• 22.6 cu. ft. capacity
• Concealed door hinge
• 24.6 cu. ft. capacity
• Full-height doors
• Concealed door hinge
Free -standing
refrigerators
For additional details on
product installation,
warranty coverage, care
and maintenance, visit
monogram.com.
36" free -standing
side -by-side
counter- depth
refrigerator
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
Extra-tall dispenser.
Accommodates glassware
of all sizes, from pitchers to
tumblers.
36" free -standing
side -by-side
counter- depth
refrigerator
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Climate-control drawer.
Functions like a refrigeratorwithin-the-refrigerator.
Precise controls allow you
to express-chill beverages,
express-thaw meats and
select specific temperatures
for perishable foods.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Allover stainless appearance.
At once dramatic and
restrained, Monogram®
stainless steel-wrapped
refrigerators are smooth
from edge to edge, with no
exposed screws or rivets.
The counter-depth design
aligns nearly flush with
surrounding cabinetry.
107
68935_GE_DG_107 107
9/18/12 10:17 AM
Advance planning for free-standing refrigerators
Door swing clearances
Product dimensions
27-1/2"
(29-1/2" Including
Handles)
The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls or
cabinets. These refrigerators are factory set for a 160° door swing.
28-1/2” Depth
(30-1/2"
Including
Handles
ZFSB25 and ZFSB23
14-1/4"
19"
72"
72"
160 Door Swing
36"
ZFSB23DXSS
36"
160
ZFSB25DXSS
Installation note:
Doors and passageways into the installation location require
a 36" minimum opening. If the opening is less than 36", the top
cap and doors must be removed. See installation instructions
for details.
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker is
recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall.
This serial plate is located inside the fresh food compartment,
at the top and on the right side.
Note: GFI (ground fault interrupter) is not recommended.
Water line
The water line can enter the opening through the floor or back
wall. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper tubing
between the cold water line and the water connection location
at the rear of the refrigerator. The installation of an easily
accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
ZFSB25 ZFSB23
90 Door Swing
24-5/8" 24"
22"
22"
4" Min.
to Wall
Allow 19" minimum clearance on the fresh-food side for a full
160° door swing and pan removal. Allow 14-1/4" clearance on
the freezer side for removal of ice bin.
• 4" minimum clearance is required when the door swing is
restricted to 90°.
Air circulation clearances
For proper air circulation allow 1/8" clearance on each side,
and 1" clearance at the top and back side.
108
68935_GE_DG_108 108
9/18/12 10:17 AM
monogram.com
48", 42" and 36" side-by-side refrigerators
Custom options
Stainless steel tubular handles for overlay panels
Professional tubular stainless steel handles
for overlay panels
Certified Sabbath mode kit
Glossary of terms
ZISW480DX
ZISW420DX
ZISW360DX
ZISB480DX
ZISB420DX
ZISB360DX
ZIS480NX
ZIS420NX
ZIS360NX
ZKHSS2
ZKHSS2
ZKHSS2
ZKHPSS1*
ZSAB1
ZKHPSS1*
ZSAB1
ZKHPSS1*
ZSAB1
*Includes one handle; order two kits for side-by-side refrigerators. Available through GE Parts.
36" bottom-freezer refrigerators
Models
Custom options
Stainless steel tubular handles for overlay panels
Professional tubular stainless steel handles
for overlay panels
Unified grille kit
Custom handle side trim kit for 3/4"-thick
custom panels
Certified Sabbath mode kit
ZIC360NXRH
ZIC360NXLH
ZICS360NXRH
ZICS360NXRH
ZICP360NXRH
ZICP360NXLH
ZKHCSS2
ZKHPSS1*
ZUG2
ZUGSS2
ZUGPP2
ZKHCT
ZSAB1
ZSAB1
ZSAB1
Tubular stainless steel handle.
Monogram® stainless steel tubular
handles can be used with custom panels.
Tubular handles are 62-3/8" long.
Professional stainless steel handle.
Professional tubular stainless steel
handle designed to fit 3/4" overlay
panels. Kit includes one handle. The
Professional handle is 31" long.
Unified grille panel kit.
An optional grille panel creates a unified
look above two units placed side by side.
B u i l t- i n s i d e - b y - s i d e
refrigerators
Models
Fully inte grate d
re f rigerator s /wine re ser ve
Custom options for refrigerators
Optional Sabbath mode product kit.
Designed for use on the Jewish
Sabbath and holidays, this kit allows
the refrigerator to operate but will not
respond to actions by the consumer.
*Includes one handle; order two kits for fresh food and freezer panels. Available through GE Parts.
all-refrigerators
ZIRS360NXRH
ZIRS360NXLH
ZIFS360NXRH
ZIFS360NXLH
ZIRP360NXRH
ZIRP360NXLH
ZIFP360NXRH
ZIFP360NXLH
ZUGSS2
ZSAB1
ZUGPP2
ZSAB1
ZKHSS2
ZKHPSS1
ZUG2
ZSAB1
Free -standing
refrigerators
B u i l t- i n a l l - r e f r i g e r a t o r s
and all-freezers
Models
all-freezers
Custom options
Stainless steel tubular handles for overlay panels
Professional tubular stainless steel handles
for overlay panels
Unified grille kit
Certified Sabbath mode kit
ZIR360NXRH
ZIR360NXLH
ZIF360NXRH
ZIF360NXLH
B u i l t- i n b o t t o m - f r e e z e r
refrigerators
36" all-refrigerators and all-freezers
109
68935_GE_DG_109 109
9/18/12 10:17 AM
Refrigeration modules
Double - drawer refrigerator
general features
Temperature control. Digital touch controls maintain a
consistent temperature for the upper and lower drawers, and an
LED display allows you to monitor the temperature at a glance.
Storage convenience. A fold-down shelf, adjustable dividers
and removable bottom-drawer bin maximize storage space and
flexibility, allowing room for everything from whole melons to
large turkeys. The top drawer can hold up to 72 twelve-ounce
cans, and the bottom drawer has room for eight two-liter bottles.
Interior lighting. Brilliant full-width LED lighting in both drawers
puts contents into clear view.
Flush installation. The built-in configuration allows nearseamless integration with surrounding cabinetry. Model
ZIDI240WII accepts custom 3/4" panel and handle for
a personalized look.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Double - drawer refrigerator
ZIDS240WSS—Stainless steel
ZIDI240WII—Custom panel
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4–34-3/4 x 23-3/4
Amps @120 Volts
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
126
• Designed to be built-in only;
cannot be used free-standing
• Factory-installed black toekick;
stainless toekick included
• Trimmed model designed
to be customized with custom
panel and handle
• Both designs can be installed flush
in standard 24"-deep cabinets
*Height excluding legs, depth excluding handle
Advance planning for double-drawer refrigerator
The installation space
Locate Outlet
The Monogram® double-drawer refrigerator must
be installed below a countertop. It cannot be used
free-standing.
10-1/2"
9"
Max.
34-1/2"-35"
Note: When installed, model ZIDI240WII with 3/4" custom
drawer panels and model ZIDS240WSS with stainless steelwrapped drawers will be flush with adjacent 24"-deep cabinets.
24" Min.
1-1/2"
23-3/4" Min.
23-5/8"
ZKDP240 Professional door with handle
This panel provides a Professional-style handle on a stainless
steel door panel. Transform the ZIDI240WII to complement a
commercial-style kitchen.
34-1/4" – 34-3/4"
Depth of unit
Depth of bod
Depth of toek
Height of toe
Depth of unit with 3/4" panels
Depth of body
Depth of toekick
Height of toekick
22-7/16"
24-7/8"
34-1/4”
to 34-3/4”
25-7/8”
Including
Handles
23-5/8"
24-7/8"
22-7/16"
2-7/16"
4" (adjustable)
2-7/16"
110
68935_GE_DG_110 110
9/18/12 10:12 AM
monogram.com
All Monogram refrigeration modules may be closed in on
the top and sides as long as the front is unobstructed for air
circulation.
• Do not install these products where the temperatures will
go below 55°F (13°C) or above 90°F (32°C).
• Do not install where they will be subject to direct
sunlight, heat or moisture.
• These products are not designed to be stacked one over
the other.
Electrical
A 120V, 60HZ., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall of the installation
opening. See cutout illustration.
The serial plate is located below the bottom drawer liner on
the left side.
3/4" custom panels for
double - drawer refrigerator
Field-installed overlay drawer panels are required for
model ZIDI240WII.
• The overlay panel must be secured to a 1/4"-thick backer
panel that slides into the drawer trim. A 0.10"-thick spacer
panel must be placed between the overlay and backer panel.
• Custom handles of your choice must be installed onto the
assembled overlay panels.
Overlay
Panel
Door
Fr e s h - f o o d r e f r i g e r a t o r
bar refrigerator
Location requirements
Double-drawer
refrigerator
Advance planning for double-drawer refrigerator
Overlay Panel
Spacer Panel
Backer Panel
1/4"
Backer
Panel
.10 Inch
Spacer
Maximum assembled panel weight is
25 pounds (12-1/2 pounds for each panel).
Note: GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) is not recommended.
For the ultimate in convenience, install two double-drawer
refrigerators together.
3/4" overlay panel dimensions (in inches)
A
12-1/2 lbs. max. B
• Products must operate from separate properly
grounded receptacles.
12-1/2 lbs. max. B
1/4" Gap
1/4" backer
0.10" spacer
3/4" overlay
A (width)
B (height)
23-3/16"
22-1/2"
23-5/8"
14-11/16"
14-3/16"
15-1/16"
O u t d o o r/ i n d o o r
refrigerator
Side -by-side installation
Note: Maintain 1/4" gap between the
drawer panels.
W ine re ser ve, wine chiller
beverage center
Assemble overlay panels with glue and screws.
• Center spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right, and top
to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
• Center the spacer/backer panel on the overlay panel. Secure
with glue and screws. Countersink all screws.
111
68935_GE_DG_111 111
9/18/12 10:12 AM
Refrigeration modules
Fresh-food refrigerator
general features
Temperature control. Digital touch controls offer a range of
temperatures for precise chilling of a variety of fresh foods and
beverages, and an LED display allows easy viewing of
temperatures.
Storage convenience. Removable, spillproof glass shelves,
along with a QuickSpace™ shelf and a clear Lexan® crisper
on full-extension slides, provide easy access to contents.
Flexible installation. Both the right-hand and left-hand door
swing models stand beautifully on their own, or may be
built into cabinetry. Models ZIFI240PII and ZIFI240PLII accept
a custom 3/4" panel and handle for a personalized look.
Fresh-food
refrigerator
Bar refrigerator
with icemaker
Bar refrigerator with icemaker
general features
Right-hand door swing
ZIFS240PSS—Stainless steel
ZIFI240PII—Custom panel
ZIBS240PSS—Stainless steel
ZIBI240PII— Custom panel
Automatic icemaker. Self-contained icemaker features a
removable ice bin on full-extension slides and a heavy-duty
ice scoop for serving convenience.
Left-hand door swing
ZIFS240PLSS—Stainless steel
ZIFI240PLII—Custom panel
Temperature control. Digital touch controls allow a range of
temperature settings for different cooling needs, and an LED
display makes settings clearly visible.
Storage convenience. Beverage shelf on full-extension slides
holds up to five wine bottles or ten 12-oz. cans, while spillproof
glass shelves provide ample space for fresh foods and beverages.
Flexible installation. The free-standing bar refrigerator stands
beautifully on its own, or may be built into cabinetry. Model
ZIBI240PII accepts custom 3/4" panel and handle for a
personalized look.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Advance planning for fresh-food
refrigerator and bar refrigerator
with icemaker
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4 - 34-3/4" x 23-7/8
Amps @120 Volts
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
126
• Built-in or free-standing
installation
• Factory-installed black
toekick; stainless toekick
included
• Trimmed model designed
to be customized with custom
panel and handle
• Right-hand or left-hand door
swing models for installation
flexibility
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4 - 34-3/4" x 23-7/8
Amps @120 Volts
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
126
• Built-in or free-standing
installation
• Factory-installed black
toekick; stainless toekick
included
• Trimmed model designed
to be customized with custom
panel and handle
• Right-hand door swing only
*Height excluding legs, including
hinge; depth excluding handle
The installation space
The Monogram® fresh-food refrigerator and bar refrigerator
with icemaker may be installed beneath a countertop or can
be used free-standing.
• If installing between frameless cabinets, a 1/2"-wide filler
strip or side panel may be required. The filler strip will act as
a spacer between the door case and adjacent cabinet and
will prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The width
of the opening must include filler panels.
112
Note: When installed, the stainless steel models ZIFS240PSS
and ZIBS240PSS will be flush with adjacent cabinetry. If installing
between frameless cabinets, a 1/2"-wide filler strip or side panel
may be required to prevent interference with cabinet door swing.
Models ZIFI240PII and ZIBI240PII will project forward 1-3/4" of
adjacent 24"-deep cabinets.
68935_GE_DG_112 112
34-1/2"
to
35"
Locate Outlet
10-1/2"
Water and
24" Min.
Electrical 9"
LocationsMax.
23-3/4" Stainless Steel
Models
1/2" 1-1/2"
24-7/8" Framed Models
23-3/4" Min.
Depth Including
Handle:
26" Stainless Steel
Models Only
34-1/4" - 34-3/4"
23-3/4"
9/18/12 10:12 AM
monogram.com
• Do not install these products where the temperatures will
go below 55°F (13°C) or above 90°F (32°C).
• Do not install where they will be subject to direct
sunlight, heat or moisture.
• These products are not designed to be stacked one over
the other.
Electrical
A 120V, 60HZ., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall of the installation
location. See cutout illustration.
Note: GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) is not recommended.
Water line
Bar refrigerators are equipped with an automatic icemaker.
The water line can enter an opening in the back wall or floor
as shown in the cutout illustration. Route GE SmartConnect™
kit or 1/4" O.D. copper tubing between the cold water line and
the water connection location. The installation of an easily
accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
3/4" custom panels for fresh-food refrigerator
and bar refrigerator with icemaker
A field-installed overlay door panel is required for model
ZIFI240 and ZIBI240 refrigerators.
• The overlay panel must be secured to a 1/4"-thick backer
panel that slides into the door trim. A 0.10"-thick spacer panel
must be placed between the overlay and backer panel.
• Custom handles of your choice must be installed onto the
assembled overlay panel.
Overlay Panel
Overlay
Panel
Door
1/4"
Backer
Panel
Fr e s h - f o o d r e f r i g e r a t o r
bar refrigerator
All Monogram refrigeration modules may be closed in on
the top and sides as long as the front is unobstructed for air
circulation and door swing.
Spacer Panel
Maximum
assembled
panel weight
is 25 pounds.
Backer Panel
.10 Inch
Spacer
3/4" overlay panel dimensions (in inches)
B
1/4" backer
0.10" spacer
3/4" overlay
A (width)
23-3/16"
22-1/2"
23-5/8"
B (height)
29-9/16"
29-1/16"
30"
O u t d o o r/ i n d o o r
refrigerator
Location requirements
Double-drawer
refrigerator
Advance planning for fresh-food refrigerator
and bar refrigerator with icemaker
A
Side -by-side installation
Assemble overlay panels with glue and screws.
Make the most of your kitchen space with two Monogram
refrigeration modules installed together.
• Center spacer panel on the backer panel, left to right, and top
to bottom. Secure the panels with glue.
• Products must operate from separate properly
grounded receptacles.
• Center the spacer/backer panel on the overlay panel. Secure
with glue and screws. Countersink all screws.
All Monogram refrigeration modules are factory set for a 110°
door swing.
W ine re ser ve, wine chiller
beverage center
Custom panel hinge routing
Door swing clearances
Use a 3/4" router bit to cut a notch into the back side of the
assembled panel for hinge clearance. Cut the notch 3/4" deep,
7/8" wide and 3/8" forward of the back side.
When installed in a corner:
• Allow the minimum door swing clearances shown. The use of
a custom panel and custom handle influences the minimum
clearances required.
• The minimum clearance shown at 90° will allow full extension
of drawers and shelves.
Right-hand door
swing shown.
Allow the same
clearances
for left-hand
fresh-food
models on the
opposite side.
A
Minimum to Wall
90 Door
Swing
110 Door
Swing
21-5/8"
23-5/8"
110
90
B
Minimum to Wall
Models
ZIFS240 / ZIBS240
ZIFI240 / ZIBI240
68935_GE_DG_113 113
Note: Right-hand
models illustrated.
Cut notches on the
opposite side for
left-hand door swing.
A
14"
16"
B
4"
4-1/2"
The serial plate is located on the inside ceiling of the fresh-food
refrigerator, and on the left wall below the ice compartment of
the bar refrigerator.
113
9/18/12 10:12 AM
Refrigeration modules
Outdoor/indoor refrigerator
general features
Outdoor design. Sturdy, professional-grade stainless
steel exterior stands up to the most demanding
environmental conditions.
Temperature control. Digital touch controls help keep foods
fresh, regardless of outdoor temperatures.
Storage convenience. Two removable glass shelves, along with
a QuickSpace™ shelf and two full-extension beverage shelves,
allow flexible storage of fresh foods, drinks and condiments.
Door lock. Helps prevent unwanted access, ensuring the door
remains closed.
Flexible installation. Finished on all sides in stainless steel, the
outdoor/indoor refrigerator allows a wide range of installation
possibilities outside and inside your home. Both the right-hand
and left-hand door swing models stand beautifully on their own
or for even more flexibility, the top panel can be removed to
allow built-in installation.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Outdoor/indoor
refrigerator
Right-hand door swing
ZDOD240PSS—Stainless steel
Left-hand door swing
ZDOD240PLSS—Stainless steel
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4 - 34-3/4 x 23-3/4
Amps @120 Volts
2
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
154
• Built-in or free-standing installation
• Vented stainless steel toekick
• Door lock and two keys
• Stainless steel top canopy is
removable for built-in installation
• Vinyl covers for built-in and freestanding installations
• Stainless Steel Magic and
polishing cloth
• Right-hand or left-hand
door swing models for
installation flexibility
*Height excluding legs, including
hinge; depth excluding handle
114
68935_GE_DG_114 114
9/18/12 10:12 AM
monogram.com
The installation space
Door swing clearances
The Monogram® outdoor/indoor refrigerator may be installed
beneath a countertop or can be used free-standing. The top
canopy can be removed for installation below a countertop.
All Monogram refrigeration modules are factory set for a 110°
door swing.
Note: When installed, the door should project forward
1-1/2" of adjacent 24"-deep cabinets.
When installed in a corner:
• Allow the minimum door swing clearances shown.
• The minimum clearance shown at 90° will allow full extension
of drawers and shelves.
15"
Minimum to Wall
110 Door
Swing
90 Door
Swing
Locate Outlet
10-1/2"
9"
Max.
23-5/8"
110
24" Min.
1-1/2"
23-3/4" Min.
21-5/8"
23-3/4"
Right-hand door swing
shown. Allow the same
clearances for left-hand
models on the opposite side.
90
B
5-1/4"
Minimum to Wall
O u t d o o r/ i n d o o r
refrigerator
34-1/2" Min.
Fr e s h - f o o d r e f r i g e r a t o r
bar refrigerator
• If installing between frameless cabinets, a 1/2"-wide filler
strip or side panel may be required. The filler strip will act as
a spacer between the door case and adjacent cabinet and
will prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The width
of the opening must include filler panels.
Double-drawer
refrigerator
Advance planning for outdoor/indoor refrigerator
34-1/4" - 34-3/4"
(36"with top
canopy)
26-1/2"
Including
Handle
23-3/4"
Location requirements
W ine re ser ve, wine chiller
beverage center
All Monogram refrigeration modules may be closed in on
the top and sides as long as the front is unobstructed for
air circulation and door swing.
• The outdoor/indoor refrigerator may be operated in an
environment where the temperatures are 45°F (7°C) to
120°F (49°C).
• Do not install where it will be subject to direct sunlight,
heat or moisture.
• These products are not designed to be stacked one over
the other.
Electrical
A 120V, 60HZ., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall as shown. This product
must be connected to a power source with ground fault circuit
interrupter (GFCI) protection when installed in an outdoor
location. Local codes may require a separate circuit.
The serial plate is located on the inside ceiling.
115
68935_GE_DG_115 115
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Refrigeration modules
ZDWT240PBS
ZDWI240WII
ZDWR240PBS
ZDWC240NBS
Wine reser ve,
wine chiller
ZDWT240PBS–Privacy glass with digital controls
ZDWI240WII–Custom-frame door with digital controls
ZDWR240PBS–Digital controls
ZDWC240NBS–Dial controls
Overall dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4 - 34-3/4 x 23-7/8
Amps @120 Volts
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
172
*Height excluding legs, including
hinge; depth excluding handle
• Built-in or free-standing
installation
• Factory-installed black
toekick; stainless toekick
included
• Unfinished cherrywood shelf
fronts can be customized
Wine reser ve with privacy glass general features
Wine chiller with dial controls general features
Privacy glass. Innovative liquid-crystal technology allows you to
turn glass from opaque to transparent with a simple press of a
button. The opaque setting conceals contents from view.
Temperature control. Adjustable thermostat can maintain the
ideal temperature for aging or serving, with a temperature range
from the mid-40s to mid-60s Fahrenheit.
Wine reser ve with custom-frame door
general features
Customization. A custom door and handle are required. The
custom frame surrounds the tempered, UV-resistant glass door.
Storage convenience. Full-extension sliding racks store up to 57
wine bottles and keep them close at hand.
Flexible installation. The free-standing wine chiller may be built
into cabinetry.
Wine reser ve with digital controls
general features
Temperature control. Digital touch controls allow you to select
precise temperature settings, which are essential for proper
wine storage.
Storage convenience. Full-extension sliding racks store up to
57 wine bottles and keep them close at hand.
Flexible installation. The free-standing wine reserve may be
built into cabinetry.
116
68935_GE_DG_116 116
9/18/12 10:13 AM
monogram.com
Double-drawer
refrigerator
Refrigeration modules
ZDBT240PBS
ZDBI240WII
ZDBR240PBS
ZDBC240NBS
Fr e s h - f o o d r e f r i g e r a t o r
bar refrigerator
Beverage centers
ZDBT240PBS–Privacy glass with digital controls
ZDBI240WII–Custom-frame door with digital controls
ZDBR240PBS–Digital controls
ZDBC240NBS–Dial controls
Beverage center with privacy glass
general features
Beverage center with dial controls
general features
Privacy glass. Innovative liquid-crystal technology allows you to
turn glass from opaque to transparent with a simple press of a
button. The opaque setting conceals contents from view.
Temperature control. A range of temperature settings allows
you to maintain the ideal climate for your beverages of choice.
Beverage center with custom-frame door
general features
Customization. A custom door and handle are required. The
custom frame surrounds the tempered, UV-resistant glass door.
O u t d o o r/ i n d o o r
refrigerator
*Height excluding legs, including
hinge; depth excluding handle
• Built-in or free-standing
installation
• Factory-installed black
toekick; stainless toekick
included
• Unfinished cherrywood shelf
fronts can be customized
Storage convenience. Three removable, spillproof glass shelves
and two full-extension wine racks hold up to 12 wine bottles,
as well as 12-oz. cans, quart-size bottles and two-liter plastic
containers.
Flexible installation. The free-standing beverage center may
be built into cabinetry.
W ine re ser ve, wine chiller
beverage center
Overall Dimensions*
(WxHxD in inches):
23-3/4 x 34-1/4 - 34-3/4 x 23-7/8
Amps @120 Volts
15
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
146
Beverage center with digital controls
general features
Temperature control. Digital touch controls provide precise
temperature settings for cooling of all types of beverages.
Storage convenience. Three removable glass shelves, including
a QuickSpace™ shelf and two full-extension wine racks, hold up
to 10 wine bottles, as well as 12-oz. cans, quart-size bottles, and
two-liter plastic containers.
Flexible installation. The free-standing beverage center may be
built into cabinetry.
117
68935_GE_DG_117 117
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Advance planning for wine reserves and beverage centers
The installation space
Reversible door swing
®
The Monogram wine reserves and beverage centers may be
installed beneath a countertop or can be used free-standing.
• If installing between frameless cabinets, a 1/2"-wide filler
strip or side panel may be required. The filler strip will act as
a spacer between the door case and adjacent cabinet and
will prevent interference with cabinet door swing. The width
of the opening must include filler panels.
Note: When installed, the door should project forward 1" of
adjacent 24"-deep cabinets. Custom-framed models will project
forward 1-3/4" of adjacent cabinets.
Locate Outlet
10-1/2"
34-1/2"-35"
9"
Max.
Models ZDWI240WII, ZDWC240NBS, ZDWR240PBS, ZDBI240WII,
ZDBC240NBS and ZDBR240PBS are shipped for a right-hand door
swing. The door swing may be reversed, with no kits required.
Privacy-glass wine reserves ZDWT24OPBS, and beverage centers
ZDBT240PBS, have a right-hand door swing. They cannot be
reversed.
Door swing clearances
All Monogram refrigeration modules are factory set for a
110° door swing.
When installed in a corner:
• Allow the minimum door swing clearances shown.
• The minimum clearance shown at 90° will allow full extension
of drawers and shelves.
24" Min.
1-1/2"
23-3/4" Min.
10"
Minimum to Wall
24-1/8" Framed models
23-3/4" Stainless steel
models
34-1/4"34-3/4"
25-1/2"
Including
Handle
90 Door
Swing
110 Door
Swing
23-5/8"
110
*
90
*95° door swing on custom
frame models.
23-3/4"
Location requirements
All Monogram refrigeration modules may be closed in on
the top and sides as long as the front is unobstructed for air
circulation and door swing.
• Do not install these products where the temperatures will
go below 55°F (13°C) or above 90°F (32°C).
• Do not install where they will be subject to direct
sunlight, heat or moisture.
• These products are not designed to be stacked one over
the other.
Electrical
A 120V, 60HZ., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required. An
individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker is
recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall as shown. Electrical
must be located on rear wall as shown.
Note: GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) is not recommended.
The serial plate is located on the inside ceiling.
Side -by-side installation
For a complete refreshment center, install a Monogram wine
reserve and beverage center together.
21-5/8"
B
4"
Minimum to wall
Custom panel frame
Models ZDWI240WII and ZDBI240WII require a custom panel
frame surrounding the glass. The panel frame may be either
29-3/4" or 30" high. A 30" panel requires a notch cut into the
bottom of the panel to avoid interference with the hinge.
Note: A solid panel that covers the door glass CANNOT be
installed on these models.
Option 1
Option 2
23-1/8”
23-1/8”
2-1/4”
wide,
all sides
Rout the
back side
of the
opening
7/16”deep,
1-1/8” wide
2-1/4”
25-1/4”
GLASS
29-3/4”
25-1/4”
Route the back
side of the
opening 7/16”
deep, 1-1/8” wide
GLASS
18-5/8”
18-5/8”
2-1/2” at
bottom
3/4” Thick Custom Panel,
Back Side
Note: Right-hand models
illustrated. Cut notches for
hinge clearances on the
opposite side for left-hand
door swing.
30”
2-1/4”
1/8”
1/4”
1/4”
2-1/4”
Cut the notch
1/8” deep, 1/4”
wide and 1/4”
high
Choose Option 1 or Option 2 panel frame size depending on
cabinetry size or style.
• Products must operate from separate properly
grounded receptacles.
118
68935i_mono_ref_modules.indd 118
9/18/12 2:11 PM
monogram.com
Automatic icemaker
I c e m a ke r
General features
High production, large capacity. The icemaker produces
up to 50 pounds of clear ice per day and automatically
shuts off when the 25-pound-capacity bin is full.
Customization. The black model ZDICI50WBB can be
customized with a 3/4" custom panel to match surrounding
cabinetry. Order kit ZIP75BB. You can also add your own
custom handle.
For additional details on product installation, warranty
coverage, care and maintenance, visit monogram.com.
Automatic icemaker
ZDIS150WSS and ZDIC150WBB
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
14-13/16 x 34-1/2 x 23-5/16
Amps @ 115 Volts
5.3
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
110
• Built-in or free-standing installation
• Accepts 3/4" custom panels (requires kit)
• Reversible door swing (no kit required)
• Leveling system
Advance planning for automatic icemaker
The installation space
®
The Monogram icemaker may be installed
free-standing or below a countertop.
3"
34" to
34-1/2"
24"
Min.
9"
11-1/2"
28-1/2"
The installation of a 3/4” thick
custom panel will require an
additional 1-1/2” wide filler
strip on the hinge side.
*15"
* 16-1/2" with a 3/4"
thick custom panel
Water and Electrical
Supply Should Enter
From Back Wall In
Shaded Area.
Note: The addition of
a 3/4"-thick custom
panel will result in a
front-to-back depth
of 24-1/16". The
icemaker cannot
be installed flush to
adjacent 24"-deep
cabinets with a 3/4"thick custom panel.
34" min.
Adjustable
to 34-1/2"
23-5/16" to 14-13/16"
Door Front
The serial plate is located
on the left wall of the ice
storage bin.
Note: The installation of a 3/4"-thick custom panel will require
an additional 1-1/2"-wide filler strip on the hinge side. The
filler strip will act as a spacer between the icemaker case and
adjacent cabinet. The filler strip will prevent interference with
the icemaker door swing when it is installed between frameless
or framed cabinetry. The width of the opening must include the
filler strip.
The icemaker may be closed on the top and sides as long
as the front is unobstructed for air circulation and proper
access to the door.
• Do not install this product where the temperatures will go
below 55° (13°C) or above 110° (32°C).
Electrical
A 115V, 60Hz., 15- or 20-amp power supply is required.
An individual properly grounded branch circuit or circuit breaker
is recommended. Install a properly grounded 3-prong electrical
receptacle recessed into the back wall as shown.
Water line
The water line can enter the opening through the back wall
as shown. Route GE SmartConnect™ kit or 1/4" O.D. copper
tubing between the cold water line and the water connection
location at the rear of the icemaker. The installation of an easily
accessible shut-off valve in the water line is required.
Cleaning Solution; for best results use WX08X42870.
Call 1-800-626-2002 to order.
68935_GE_DG_119 119
119
9/18/12 10:13 AM
Advance planning for automatic icemaker
Custom panel kits
Door swing clearances
Order ZIP75BB for ZDICI50WBB only.
(3/4" trimless custom panel kit)
• Order the panel so that
approximately 1/2" of the back
side edge is finished. The back
edge of the panel will be visible
and therefore should be finished.
• Custom handles may be used
with this kit.
• A side filler panel may be
required on the hinge side to
ensure a full door swing.
The icemaker is factory set for a right-hinge door swing with
the door swinging from left to right. The door swing may be
reversed to a left-hinge swing. No kits required.
• The installation must allow for clearances to adjacent walls
or cabinets. The icemaker is factory set for a 110° door swing.
3/4"
Thick
Custom
Panel
29-1/2"
110° door swing
90° door swing
14-23/32"
WALL
21-1/2"
Drainage requirements
15-1/2"
A method of drainage must be determined in advance.
90
110
3-1/2"
High
5-1/2" Minimum
to Wall
Side
View
7-1/2"
15"
Locate Standpipe in exact
Center of The Cutout
Drain
Hose
1" Min. Gap
3-1/2"
2" Minimum
to Wall
• Allow 5-1/2" minimum clearance on the hinge side for a full
110° door swing.
• 2" minimum clearance is required for access to the ice bin
when the door swing is restricted to 90°.
22"
22-3/4" With 3/4"
Custom Panel
• The ideal installation has a standpipe with a 2" to 1-1/2" PVC
drain reducer installed directly below the outlet of the drain
tube. The standpipe must be accurately located to prevent
interference when sliding the icemaker into the opening.
Maintain 1" gap between standpipe and icemaker drain hose.
• The installation of a 3/4" custom door panel will influence the
floor drain location.
• When a floor drain is not located directly below the icemaker,
order ZPK2 drain pump kit. This pump must be installed inside
the unit and can pump to a maximum vertical height of 10
feet. The 10-ft. tubing is supplied with the kit.
• The drain lines must be at least 5/8" inside diameter.
120
68935_GE_DG_120 120
9/18/12 10:13 AM
monogram.com
D is h wa s h e rs
a n d com p a c t ors
Fully integrated dishwasher
Fully integrated dishwasher general features
Fully integrated design. Designed to install perfectly flush
with 24" inset cabinetry when fitted with a stainless steel
European-style or custom panel.
European wash system. Ultrafine filtration, including a power zone
for the cutlery rack, ensures every dish and utensil is thoroughly
cleaned while using minimal water and energy.
Extra-large, stainless steel interior. Height-adjustable rack
provides the space and loading flexibility to accommodate up to
14 place settings.
Fully integrated
dishwasher
ZBD9900RII
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 34 x 24
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
15
120
• A custom panel and handle are required
• Accepts custom toekick
• Accepts European-style
door/panel handle kit, ZXSS9900
All Monogram® dishwashers meet ENERGY STAR® guidelines
for energy efficiency and water conservation.
68935_GE_DG_121 121
121
9/21/12 2:56 PM
Advance planning for fully integrated dishwasher
The Monogram® fully integrated dishwasher is designed to
install perfectly flush with 24" inset cabinetry when fitted
with a stainless steel or custom panel.
Supplied or custom toekick
• Depending on cabinetry style, a custom toekick can also be
installed to match cabinetry. Care must be taken to assure
door swing clearance above toekick. Maximum custom
toekick height is 6".
Custom Panel for Model ZBD9900RII
These dishwashers require a 3/4"-thick custom panel and
custom handle which should be installed before the unit is
mounted to the cabinet. An installation template is packed
with the model and can be obtained in advance. Order Pub.
No. 31-30269. Complete panel installation instructions are
included on the template.
Electrical requirements
The dishwasher must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15 amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
28-3/8” to 31-1/2”
721-800mm
90°
2-4”
50 -105 mm
Cable Hole
1-3/4” DIA.
44 mm DIA.
H = 34-1/4” to 36-3/8”
H = 870-920 mm
Dimensions and Specifications (in inches)
”
/4
3-3
o2 m
t
8” 03m
6
-3/
23 5943/4” thick
19 mm
* W = 24”
W = 610 mm
* Actual width of Dishwasher allows for
installation in a 23-5/8” wide cutout.
If optional Stainless Steel door panel
(ZXSS9900) is used, the cutout MUST be
24”.
Make sure the
hole are even
Make sure the edges of the cable
the drain and
hole are even to avoid damage to
electric cable.
the drain and supply hoses and the
electric cable.
NOTE: A 24” cutout may require additional
trim for a finished appearance.
• Panel height must be 28-3/8" MIN. and 31-1/2" MAX to
accommodate different toekick heights
• Max. panel width cannot exceed cutout dimensions less 1/8"
(2.5mm) reveal on each side
28-3/8 to 31-1/2”
720-800mm
22-7/8
”
581mm
Dishwasher door shown
without custom panel or
panel kit
Custom panel size requirements
• Springs shipped with unit can handle panel weight up to 15
lbs. Panels weighing 15-19 lbs.: order one accessory spring.
Panel weight: up to 15 lbs. Up to 19 lbs. with accessory spring
34-1/4
36-1/8” WD01X10445. If panel weight is over 19 lbs, order two of the
34-1/4
toto
36-1/8”
870-920mm
870-920mm
accessory spring kits, WD01X10445.
”
/8
-3 m )
23 4 m idth
59 b W
(Tu
IMPORTANT: The custom panel must not obstruct the fan
exhaust vent; otherwise, moisture from the vent could
eventually damage the panel and create drying problems.
Corner Installation: If the dishwasher is installed in a corner,
there must be a minimum clearance of 2" (50mm) from the side
wall so the door can open.
2 to
50-833-1/4”
mm
122
68935_GE_DG_122 122
9/21/12 2:57 PM
monogram.com
D is h wa s h e rs
a n d com p a c t ors
Built-in dishwashers
Bulk-dispense
stainless steel
dishwasher with
xenon lighting and
steam prewash
Custom panel
dishwashers
Stainless steel
dishwasher with
xenon lighting
Stainless steel
dishwasher
ZBD8920VSS*
ZBD8920DSS**
ZBD8900VII and ZBD6900VII*
ZBD8900DII and ZBD6900DII**
ZBD7920VSS*
ZBD7920DSS**
ZBD6920VSS*
ZBD6920DSS**
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 34–35 x 24
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 34–35 x 24†
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 34–35 x 24
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
24 x 34–35 x 24
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
• Accepts custom toekick
• Exterior end-of-cycle
indicator light
*Platinum racks
**Charcoal racks
9.1
120
9.1
120
• A custom panel and handle
are required
• Accepts custom toekick
• Accepts professional-style
door/panel handle kit,
ZPRO0700S
• Accepts ZTB700 stainless
steel tubular handle*
9.1
120
• Accepts custom toekick
• Exterior end-of-cycle
indicator light
• Accepts custom toekick
• Exterior end-of-cycle
indicator light
*Platinum racks
**Charcoal racks
*Platinum racks
**Charcoal racks
9.1
115
*Platinum racks
**Charcoal racks
†24-3/4" with custom panel
(not including handle)
General features
5-stage-filtration wash system. Multi-angle jet sprays
and a high-heat steam option virtually eliminate the need
for pre-rinsing.
Bulk-dispense technology. Holds an entire 47-oz. bottle of
detergent, releasing the right amount throughout the wash
cycle based on water hardness and soil level. (ZBD8920VSS/
ZBD8920DSS and ZBD8900VII/ZBD8900DII models)
High-intensity xenon lights. These lights illuminate the
entire interior, leaving no question as to whether or not
dishes have been cleaned. (ZBD8920, ZBD8900 and
ZBD7920 models)
Quiet operation as low as 48 dBA. Advanced sound-absorbing
materials and a smooth-running motor provide quiet operation.
*Order this handle through GE Parts
123
68935_GE_DG_123 123
9/21/12 2:57 PM
Advance planning for built-in dishwashers
Monogram® dishwashers are designed for versatility,
adaptable to virtually any installation.
Custom panels
• These dishwashers may be installed beneath countertops
of stone or other materials that will not accept screws.
No kits required.
Supplied or custom toekick
• Depending on cabinetry style, a custom toekick can also be
installed on all 24" dishwashers to match cabinetry. Care must
be taken to assure door swing clearance above the toekick.
Custom panel for fully integrated ZBD8900VII/ZBD8900DII
and ZBD6900VII/ZBD6900DII dishwashers
These models require a field-installed 3/4"-thick custom panel
and custom handle. An installation template is packed with
these models and may be obtained in advance. Order Pub.
No. 31-30569-1. Complete panel installation instructions are
included on the template.
Custom panel size requirements
Electrical requirements
The dishwasher must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
30-1/16" Min.
30-1/4" Max.
The installation space
The rough cabinet opening must be prepared to the
dimensions shown.
• The dishwasher must be installed so that the drain hose is no
more than 10' in length for proper drainage.
• Water and power supply should enter in the shaded area.
• Electrical and water connections are at the right front of the
dishwasher. The hot water line should extend forward 30" to
40" from the rear wall. The electrical must extend forward at
least 24" to reach the junction box.
• To prevent siphoning, an air gap must be used when the waste
tee or disposer connection is less than 18" above the floor.
Monogram 24" dishwashers
cutout dimensions and clearances
NOTE:
Maximum door
panel weight is
14 pounds
23-3/4"
HEIGHT:
Panel height must be between 30-1/16" and 30-1/4"
• If the panel height is more than 30-1/4", it will prevent
the door from swinging open.
• If the panel height is less than 30-1/16", it will not cover
the dishwasher door frame.
• The top of the custom panel must be flush with the top
of the door. A 1/2" minimum gap between the top of the door
and the bottom of the countertop must be maintained.
WIDTH:
Panel width must be 23-3/4"
34-1/2" Min.
Underside of
Countertop
to Floor
• If the panel width is less than 23-3/4", it will not cover
the dishwasher frame.
This Wall Area
must be Free of
Pipes or wires
5"
4"
24"
5" 4" Min.
Cabinets
Square
and
Plumb
Custom accessories
6"
24" Min.
34"
Adjustable
to 35"
Floor MUST
be Even with
Room Floor
*Dishwasher models ZBD6900
and ZBD8900 require a 3/4"-thick
custom panel and will be 24-3/4"
deep. (not including handle)
*24"
24"
ZTB700 tubular handle*
Install this Monogram stainless steel tubular handle onto
your 3/4"-thick custom door panel. The handle is 22-1/2"
wide and 1-1/8" deep. For models ZBD9900RII, ZBD8900VII/
ZBD8900DII and ZBD6900VII/ZBD6900DII only.
ZPRO0700S Professional-style door panel
This panel provides a Professional-style handle on a stainless
steel door panel. Transform the ZBD8900 or the ZBD6900 to
complement a commercial-style kitchen.
Standard flush installation
The serial plate is located on the tub wall just inside the door.
• Model ZBD8900 and ZBD6900 dishwashers have a total
depth of 24-3/4," including the required 3/4"-thick door panel.
They will install flush with cabinets that are 24-3/4" deep
(including typical 3/4"-thick cabinet doors).
* Order this handle through GE parts
124
68935_GE_DG_124 124
9/21/12 2:57 PM
monogram.com
Compact dishwasher general features
ZBD1870NSS and ZBD1850NII
Flush installation. Allows the dishwasher to align with
surrounding cabinetry.
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
17-3/8–18 x 32–35 x 24
Amps @120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
Hidden, integrated electronic controls. Allow for easy
activation of wash cycles: scour wash, normal wash, light
wash, china and rinse only.
Pearlescent gray, nylon-coated racks. Provide plenty of space
and loading flexibility. The lower rack includes a StemSafe™
feature for odd-shaped items and delicate stemware.
Six-level wash system. Provides effective, yet quiet,
cleaning power.
Compact dishwasher
D is h wa s h e rs
a n d com p a c t ors
Compact dishwashers
9.0
60
• Compact design
• Two-piece adjustable toekick
or custom toekick
• For ZBD1850NSS a custom
panel and handle are required
Advance planning for compact dishwashers
Monogram dishwashers are designed for versatility, adaptable
to virtually any installation.
• These dishwashers may be installed beneath countertops
of stone or other materials that will not accept screws.
No kits required.
Supplied or custom toekick
• A two-piece toekick is supplied with models ZBD1850NII and
ZBD1870NSS. The toekick is height-adjustable.
Custom panels
Custom panel for ZBD1850NII compact dishwasher
The ZBD1850NII dishwasher requires a field-installed 3/4"-thick
custom panel and a custom handle (not supplied). An installation
template is packed with this dishwasher and may also be
obtained in advance. Order Pub. No. 31-30244. Complete panel
installation instructions are printed on the template.
Custom panel size requirements
• Depending on cabinetry style, a custom toekick can also be
installed on all 18" dishwashers to match cabinetry. Care must
be taken to assure door swing clearance above the toekick.
Electrical requirements
26-25/32"
The dishwasher must be supplied with 120V, 60Hz, and
connected to an individual properly grounded branch circuit
protected by a 15- or 20-amp circuit breaker or time-delay fuse.
Monogram 18" dishwasher cutout dimensions and clearances
NOTE:
Maximum door
panel weight is
8 pounds
17-1/2"
HEIGHT:
Panel height must be 26–25/32"
• If the panel height is more than 26-25/32", it will prevent
the door from swinging open.
• If the panel is less than 26-25/32", it will not cover the
dishwasher door frame.
• The top of the custom panel must be flush with the top of the
door. A 1/2" gap between the top of the door and the bottom
of the countertop must be maintained.
WIDTH:
Panel width must be 17-1/2"
• If the panel width is less than 17-1/2", it will not cover the
dishwasher door.
The serial plate is located on the tub wall just inside the door.
68935_GE_DG_125 125
125
9/21/12 2:57 PM
Compactor
15" compactor general features
Fifteen-inch width. Fully integrated design with hidden controls,
installs flush with surrounding cabinetry.
Powerful pressure. Large 1.4-cu.-ft. capacity. Reduces trash volume
by 75 percent.
Safe operation. A removable knob prevents unwanted use.
The compactor foot pedal is used to both open the drawer
and initiate operation, making it easy to use and convenient.
Customization. Model ZCGP150RII requires a 3/4" overlay panel
and a custom handle. Shipped with both stainless steel and
black toekicks.
15" compactor
ZCGS150RSS—Stainless steel
ZCGP150RII—Custom panel
Overall dimensions
(WxHxD in inches):
14-7/8 x 33-3/4 to 35 x 24
Amps @ 120 Volts
Approx. shipping wt. (lbs.)
5.0
141
• Large 1.4-cu.-ft. capacity
• Built-in installation only
• Foot pedal open and start
Advance planning for 15" compactor
This 15"-wide Monogram® compactor offers a large
1.4-cu.-ft. capacity.
• The compactor is designed for built-in applications only.
It cannot be operated free-standing.
Custom panel dimensions
The ZCGP150RII compactor requires a field-installed
3/4"-thick custom panel and a custom handle (not supplied).
An installation template is packed with the compactor and
may also be obtained in advance. Order Pub. No. 31-30597.
The maximum panel weight is 12 pounds.
3/4"
Thick
Custom
Panel
29-5/16"
24"
min.
15"
min.
Locate the
outlet 18" min.
from the floor.
3" min. from
either side
34" to 35"
33-3/4"
min. to
35" max.
14-7/8"
Stainless steel model
24" case/door depth
26" including handle
Custom-panel model, ZCGP150RII, requires
a 3/4"-thick custom panel and will be
24-1/4" case/door panel total depth.
Specially designed heavy-duty trash bags included
with your compactor must be used. These bags are
available from your dealer or by calling 800.626.2002.
Order catalog number WC60X5017.
14-7/8"
126
68935_GE_DG_126 126
9/21/12 2:57 PM
monogram.com
D is h wa s h e rs
a n d com p a c t ors
Notes
127
68935_GE_DG_127 127
9/21/12 2:57 PM
Notes
128
68935_GE_DG_128 128
9/21/12 2:57 PM
monogram.com
D is h wa s h e rs
a n d com p a c t ors
Notes
129
68935_GE_DG_129 129
9/21/12 2:57 PM
Notes
130
68935_GE_DG_130 130
9/21/12 2:57 PM
Universal Design and ADA Design
for people with diverse abilities
Universal Design:
• Meets the needs of all people—not just people with disabilities.
• Not just about physical access—it’s about making homes as useful and appealing as possible,
to as many people as possible.
Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)
Meets the needs of people with disabilities. While the law doesn’t generally cover private residences,
it does establish accessibility guidelines for products within the home.
GE Monogram ADA-Compliant models
Microwave ovens
(in the built-in configuration):
ZE2160
ZEM200
Single wall ovens:
ZET1S
ZET1P
ZET1R
ZET938
ZEK938
Cooktops:
ZEU36
ZEU30
ZGU36K
ZGU385N/L
ZGU384N/L
ZHU30
ZHU36
Warming drawers:
ZTD910
ZKD910
Refrigerators:
ZFSB23DXSS
ZFSB25DXSS
Pro range dual-fuel:
ZDP304N
ZDP304L
ZDP366N
ZDP366L
ZDP364NR
ZDP364LR
ZDP364ND
ZDP364LD
ZDP484NG
ZDP484LG
ZDP486NR
ZDP486LR
ZDP486ND
ZDP486LD
Pro range all-gas:
ZGP304N
ZGP304L
ZGP366N
ZGP366L
ZGP364NR
ZGP364LR
ZGP364ND
ZGP364LD
ZGP484NG
ZGP484LG
ZGP486NR
ZGP486LR
ZGP486ND
ZGP486LD
Pro rangetops:
ZGU366NP
ZGU366LP
ZGU364NRP
ZGU364LRP
ZGU364NDP
ZGU364LDP
ZGU484NGP
ZGU484LGP
ZGU486NRP
ZGU486LRP
ZGU486NDP
ZGU486LDP
Refrigeration modules:*
ZIFS240PSS
ZIFS240PLSS
ZIFI240PII
ZIFI240PLII
ZIBS240PSS
ZIBI240PII
ZDOD240PSS
ZDOD240PLSS
ZDWT240PBS
ZDWR240PBS
ZDWC240NBS
ZDBT240PBS
ZDBR240PBS
ZDBC240NBS
ZDBI240WII
ZDWI240WII
Undercounter
icemakers:*
ZDIS150
ZDIC150
Venting hood inserts
with wired remote
control panel:
ZVC30L
ZVC36L
ZVC48L
ZVC42L
Telescopic downdraft
venting systems:
ZVB30STSS
ZVB36STSS
*Only when installed in freestanding application
cvr.indd 3
9/28/12 11:20 AM
M O N O G R A M
Discover a world of savory
possibilities at allingoodfood.com
Recipes, foodcasts and other culinary delights await.
No reservations required.
D E S I G N
G U I D E
A G E M O N O G R A M P U B L I C AT I O N
GE
2012–2013
Appliances
Appliance Park
Louisville, KY 40225
monogram.com
As an ENERGY STAR® partner, GE has determined that the appliances marked with
the ENERGY STAR logo meet the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.
Before purchasing an ENERGY STAR qualified appliance, read important information
about its estimated annual energy consumption or energy efficiency rating that is
available from your retailer, monogram.com or www.energystar.gov.
Product improvement is a continuing endeavor at GE. Therefore, materials,
appearance and specifications are subject to change without notice.
© 2012 General Electric Company
cvr.indd 4
Publication Number 24-M302
PC68935
9/28/12 11:20 AM